Home

Canon MAXIFY iB4020 User's Manual

1. 401 Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab Pian Paper Letter 8 511 22280m aj C Preview betore panting Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver Cassette Auto Select Based on the paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information registered on the printer the printer automatically determines which cassette to use and feeds paper from that cassette Cassette 1 Paper is fed from the cassette 1 Cassette 2 Paper is fed from the cassette 2 Important Depending on the media type and size the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ Print Quality Selects your desired p
2. TEETE ERE XEN eb REE Bee ww eee beak eal ag 316 Setting a Page Size and Orientation co cid d dco diews Shade Gaede dda Se bee ds Odd 317 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order a sasaaa anaana aaa 318 Seting the Stapling Margi es scsisresdaissrdr siirrt bieren Ea Eea EA 320 Fitto Page Pninting case cecti seeker hired es tui prira ee EEE 322 SCMed PHNUNG iaasa naa a aaa a an a a a aya a a bd 324 Page Layout PINIO saranane taa A NERAN 327 Ding Pester FAMINO o2 cnrtce ncn nnr rte eneen Gene E E E A 329 Booklet Printing PEF ee TERET TORTE TETTERE ee er er eee ay B82 Duplex PMU o2scSes26 20505 4a 850d aNeG PGR o Sats oo Gs SPI Base ee Base esd ees 334 Stamp Background Printing PEII TOTT TOATI E TOTT TEN epee oe Registenng a Slaiiles 22 040 d diene Se earnsaehehae eee Vetias ARG HOee kawesenes 341 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background TET TE T 344 Setting Up Envelope Printing iers essais ieniesedrre diir Eas eb Err SEENED 347 Printing on Postcards EE ere err Tree eee ere paad TOROF TE Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose sunaa nananana aaan 351 Displaying the Print Results before Printing 00s00cc0s auauna 353 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size n nauan aaa 354 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History n anaana aasan 356 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data a na auauua aaa aaa a SY
3. Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 373 3 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta and Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK 374 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rarderd CI Yew Color Patten Pryt a pation for color ad ntrrert Note e You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important When Print a
4. Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of the Paper Is Smudged Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 490 Q Cannot Print to End of Job A Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space 491 Q Part of the Page Is Not Printed A When performing automatic duplex printing the reason below is possible When performing automatic duplex printing the printable area at the top of the page will be 0 08 inches 2 mm narrower than the usual For this reason the bottom of the page may not be printed To prevent this select the setting to reduce printing from the printer driver J Important e Reduced printing may affect the
5. Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes DJ Note e You can load the page sizes as follows e cassette 1 A4 B5 A5 Letter Legal 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 e cassette 2 A4 Letter and Legal Standard sizes e Letter e Legal 140 A5 A4 BS e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e Envelope DL Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges cassette 1 Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm cassette 2 Minimum size 8 27 x 11 00 inches 210 0 x 279 4 mm Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g m plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the printer Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 141 Paper Load Limit Commerciall
6. Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it 241 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using
7. Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to confirm if you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it 265 Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings Note e You can use this function only when you are using
8. The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network J Important Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one address Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses 258 5 Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list 259 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Instructions 1 MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access 2 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer D Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 260 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen S
9. In such cases take the appropriate action as described 389 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ipkOetaits Help Printer is orire Dagr Shop Now Note e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor 390 Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to
10. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing Page Size Selects a page size Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application If you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box 408 Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direct
11. y _Helo e Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box Quick Setup Man Page Sep Maintenance EN Pope Sue Letter 85 11 22280m a Onertation A Pora A Olangcene Ci Rotate 180 degrees GRR Prea Pacer Size Letter 85 11 22280m a 5 a a a Pign Paper Nomalsize FttoPage Scaled Leer 8 511 22280m lt Ss Long ede stapling Lefi H 01 99 1 p gy EZ Part bor Lart Page ViCelate 0K Cancel toy Helo The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale 33 Important When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver 325 DJ Note e Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document 326 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of
12. 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope 347 Important e When you execute envelope printing guide messages are displayed To hide the guide messages check the Do not show this message again check box To show the guide again click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab and start the Canon lJ Status Monitor Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting Note e If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 348 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab and for Commonly Used Settings select Standard 4 Select the media type For Media Type select Hagaki A Ink Jet Hagaki Hagaki K or Hagaki D Important This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached e When prin
13. Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 238 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The acc
14. h Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Fed View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window To hide the print pages click View Thumbnails again ii il Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected t Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 5 Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected sL Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected X 9 Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this
15. 522 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the printer is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen or the LCD When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen Paper has nun out Media Type Plain Paper Page Sze A4 1 Fl paper into the cassette 2 2 Press the printers OK button it Error Persisis When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD No paper in cass 2 Load paper in casse 1008 For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List 3J Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed 523 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages DJ Note e A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer or on the LCD for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List If a message is displayed on the LCD see below e A Message Is Displayed on the LCD If a message is displayed on the computer see below e Error Regarding Automatic Du
16. Configure the printer port appropriately Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of the printer driver for the printer e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX iS the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer If the setting
17. Installing the Printer Driver 441 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the printer driver first exit all programs that are running The procedure to delete the unnecessary printer driver is as follows 1 Start the uninstaller e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Remove The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears Important e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an adm
18. Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified paper size 354 Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values e Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user defined media For information about printable sizes for user defined media see Media Types You Can Use Note If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 355 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used In the Canon IJ XPS preview window you can edit the print document or retrieve the
19. e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Use cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette 2 without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing is A4 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is Legal the printer starts printing with A4 on the paper loaded in the cassette 2 563 Replace the paper Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette 2 For example when the paper setting for printing is A4 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is Legal you load A4 sized paper in the cassette 2 before you start printing The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette 2 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 2 Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the printer e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting t
20. Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 566 2121 Cause The paper settings of the cassette 1 is not complete Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of the cassette 1 is not complete Size pA gt Type Plain paper Press the printer s OK button to terminate the paper settings of thecassette 567 2122 Cause The paper settings of the cassette 2 is not complete Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of the cassette 2 is not complete Size pA gt Type Plain paper Press the printer s OK button to terminate the paper settings of thecassette 568 2500 Cause The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment e Print head nozzles are clogged The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded in the cassette 1 The paper output slot is exposed to strong light Action Press the printer s OK button to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head Load one sheet of A4 Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 1 and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again For Automatic Print Head Alignm
21. Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings 222 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP however it does not support Fast User Switching It is recommended to exit IJ Network Tool when switching users Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool If IJ Network Tool is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Tool In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Too
22. Important e The cassette 2 is not available for the print head alignment procedure Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support 4 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel 5 Use the 4 or button to select Head alignment then press the OK button Maintenance Head alignment The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically This takes about 3 to 4 minutes Note e If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed the error message appears on the LCD A Message Is Displayed If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust the print head position manually from the computer 167 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 168 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 169 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though the
23. Printing a Color Document in Monochrome eee CERS TETT RTT T _ 360 SPechyilig Color CoOmeCIONL j os cdedaws opines Peed esses dean RANE eee eeaenee med 362 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Dale o5 4 5s 2oanens sncdaedadddeeuawrd es hegeswens 364 Adjusting Colors wiih the Printer DINED 2444154005404 26reu bebe oteta a 365 Pining wiH ICC Petes o cccnteatudadaotaediniwnnenddueankeheee teak ables 367 Adjusting Color Balance si vxcce seed deed bh ede e bee WEE EATERS PWR EA SEE eR HES 370 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 0 372 POSING BIGNESS 62255244052 edebaduedscedd aged e Mted ae eed ded sh adedaes eons 376 ACMSUNG MMH ONY cbs 8 dee td oh cine Gata ose ana shee dee ae aa 378 Adjusting COMMS 2s se eek ebbre eyed ne dae seeeee ee hnaebeeoeyiaeeeess OU Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 382 Overview of the Printer DIivGl uc 500 ccce eee ed ener eee EDEN EE EER EE HERO eS 386 Canon LP ret TN si sea he ai a ered E rE van das Sead E ER tibiae dirs ort 387 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 00000 00 eee 388 Canon iy Stas Mentor gereci daaa uals k Ase eneesd desadnasd dda 389 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer a na saasaa dors deeod deed aeweeatas 156 Canon ll Previews lt 4 4444 48 68s 08949 SENOS Rae EERIE ED ERNE HOES FOR REA 391 Deleting the Undesired Print Job ATOT TETE L LETO sabta Si
24. Series 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest not There are no new notices pa Notice list Notices 5 Mng printer Select printer button Manage users button Printer name area Menu area 59 5 6 7 8 Notices area Information area Global navigation area Display area YS wes Da DVD 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears Printer list oe Mar 4 2014 4 44 AM senes senes Multiuser mode Multiuser mode Copy apps Pa Copy apps EA From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Multiuser mode Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer 60 Display update date time of the printer information User information Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Multiuser mode If multiple users are using the pr
25. The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly aa ssssasssssssssnerererrsserernnsrrenau 450 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer aaa aaa a BOS Pami oped E oW renare ae na aaaea ar esaa 455 Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings ester art _ 456 Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network isc 2554d8awds pave oe Rae dene es oae Tr aes we Rees Nar 458 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication nea tees MOS Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 2005 460 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Soest 461 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 20 0000 462 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 TETY 463 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 00 005 464 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 ean spa eicematin a 409 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 0000 eae 466 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 0 000000 ea eee 467 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 0 0c c eee eee eae 468 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN TITT TOET pice hore ee eee 470 Other Problems with NeIWOMR ers 24 240 i8esee eee eo aaie e944 G8ae da ede
26. You cannot remove the ink tank while at this position 3 Important You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks e An installed ink tank cannot be removed until the message to replace it is displayed 7 Close the front cover 154 After replacing the ink tanks the printer starts mixing the ink automatically Wait until the printer has stopped making operating noise This takes about 1 to 2 minutes Note e If the error message appears on the LCD take appropriate action A Message Is Displayed e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head e The printer may make noise during operation 155 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ipkOetaits Help Printer is orire Dagr Shop Now Note e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 Ink tank is running low Pr
27. adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pree Quality Heh aj eames Pian Paper Ago Letter 85 11 22280m OF a C Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 382 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Ronderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Cyan Magerta Yelow reeraty Cortroz Letter 85x11 22x28cm Sane as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity Contrast Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3J Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color chang
28. it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app 91 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and MAXIFY Printing Solutions You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information 1 Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper l a 2 On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Print LAN details IP address printing starts 3 From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and Password Username AD
29. tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 342 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box Then from the list select the title of the stamp to be changed 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again 343 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be
30. 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 171 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually 172 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your
31. 49 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and Small Large produces a large amount of change and Small produces a small amount of change Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 405 Matching Tab Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed Color Correction Allows you to select Driver Matching ICM ICC Profile Matching or None to match the purpose of the print operation Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used Important e If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled ICM ICC Profile Matching is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Input Profile Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Standard The
32. 8 511 22x23cm Orientation Potr C 3 Important The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and size 7 Complete the setup 312 Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose Porter Paper Sze Letier 3 511 222cm Onertation Potrat Pacer Source v Cassette Auto Select 39 Important e When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box all settings specified on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well e In the Commonly Used Settings window click Save to register the specified settings Note If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 313 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type When you use this printer selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on th
33. Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 1 JJ Important e The cassette 2 is not available for the print head alignment procedure Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Execute head alignment
34. Detect a Printer on a Network Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN D gt Note e You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time 458 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication If the printer could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the printer Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 Important e If the printer cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB cable the printer may be in the access point mode In this case finish the access point mode and enable the wireless LAN then try to redetect the printer Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode 459 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 A Are the printer and network device router access point etc turned on Make sure that the printer is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the network device router access point etc is turned on If the printer or the network device is turned off Turn on the printer or the network device After turning on the printer or the network device it may take some time un
35. ETET 493 Lines Are Misaligned os rerri srd rians pho ARES RS ae SALTED ORS DARE TA Poe DMO RE HES 495 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially bead aba ws etree ec sak ead 496 Image Dees Not Print or Prints Partially css0 50 s00 8549 5 deeeeaaaepedagsae eens 497 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots po eae radae are en aa EEE ee aaa 498 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 50 50055 5 0c ep eee eb eteebeeeeas 499 Back of the Paper Is Smudged eee Fao pais EEE mse rer ea jedan PUZ Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 20 ccscreohedes der ehernenabargd eae eidad ie ededngeebs 503 Ink Is Not Ejected eee Mle TET err Cee MP reria beens ere eee ee rer a 505 Pr blems with ihe FING ee caronsrieniera daane ee e b nia a aA 506 The Printer Cannot Be Powered On PERPE ETAT eee ere ini Oa pre atse OUT The Printer Turns On Unintentonally 3 co cc ac0ssede0n ester es a Qaniveeebiyees dacavguas D08 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly rere Ses es ate a eo eae see 509 Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection 0 000 ee eee 510 LED Cannot Be SEEMATA uena sarra saiae aie a aa a wedi Bae aa a ave oti 511 An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD 00 ee 512 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing 000 00eeeee 513 Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed 0 200022c0s2c
36. File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears Note e Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon Follow the procedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears Important e Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Properties Windows Vista Windows XP displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as
37. ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles 363 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called ICM is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method
38. ID Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel DJ Note When you access the service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically 6 Enter the Password for the account you obtained beforehand and select OK Authentication is required to perform this process Enter your password E mail address Password Printer addition is completed If a printer added message is not displayed follow the instructions on the displayed screen Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User 72 Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges Adding a user 1 On the service screen select Manage users yt series Mng printer Manage users J pa Picasa Web Albums Picosa Flickr Facebook Evernote t Contig Properties Manage jobs 2 Select Add user yt Manage users Delete User name Authority ijmedia Administrator Add user Note e When you select Add user the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has been reached If new users can be added the user registration screen appears The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20 73 3 Enter the e mail address of the user to be added and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e mail address 4 Access the URL
39. In the Install From Disk window open the Driver folder of the downloaded printer driver specify the inf file and click OK 8 Select the printer to be used and click Next Note e If an error message is displayed select the other printer 9 Click Finish The setup on the print server system is complete Next set up the client systems 6 On the client open Explorer and double click the icon of the printer to be shared 7 Follow the window instructions and install the printer driver The setup on the client system is complete Even when you perform the setup on a different client follow the same steps 6 and 7 304 Restrictions on Printer Sharing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment Check the restrictions for the environment you are using Restriction on setting up printer sharing If ntprint inf is requested when you install the driver from Add Printer specify the file as follows 1 2 3 4 Start Explorer on the print server and on the client with the different architecture paste the following path in the address bar and press Enter on the keyboard windir system32 driverstore Right click the FileRepository folder and click Properties On the Sharing tab click Share In the message window displayed on the p
40. LAN Enter the password specified for the printer 2 Start printing from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone Note e For details on how to print from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the printer is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the printer to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the printer with the access point mode temporarily 1 Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed 2 Use the a gt button to select Device settings then press the OK button The Device settings screen is displayed 3 Use the a button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 4 Use the a button to select Change LAN then press the OK button 5 Use the a button to select Wireless LAN active then press the OK button If you do not use the printer over wireless LAN select Wired LAN active or LAN inactive 210 Setting of the Access Point Mode The initial value of the access point mode is set as follows SSID access point name XXXXXX iB4000series XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the printer Security setting WPA2 PSK AES Password Serial number of the printer Note e To confirm the MAC address of the printer print out the network s
41. Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed e Log out Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 56 series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive ar S Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed rE e Apes Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area es Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them 57 y series Registered Search apps was CANON iMAGE GATEWAY CANON INC pa Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Fy 55 E Apps Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printi
42. Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotat
43. Loading Pape Reem pe me te em on eR at ae ea TO ea ee ewe ee 127 Pater Sources to Load Paper lt 425 25 4 05 Goa dhe a iein Eaa ashes aA 128 Leading Plam Paper PROG Papi istic ccatick eee es Ure ve easnadetes deadiwddsane 130 Loading ENVElbeSe cs cade ade Feb eS Eh He REE a Ged HOE GUUS EGA SCRE 135 Media Types Tou Can USE opioideak si ddetiawss Meaddaans does iehd ie eeaawis 140 Paper Laad LiMili s 24 29 44284 6bederee de tndaeeebadeee seed a Ss aed 142 Media Types You Cannot Use ea ee ET eee are ATTE TAAT PESTI 144 Printing ADEO o icsceue 4 oe ee dated eee et OREN DRENDEN ERR EW DREN aa 145 Printing Area eer eee EEEE a alata eer rer ree er er ree ee 146 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes lt 254 0 66c h04 0eueneesedeuaedianrenes 147 Leten Legal aisre re kaiia bhiehh hagas hed seaward meade Gee eh 148 ENVelopesiu 6 r i oe S ase MAC eee elo Gee aee eee eee 149 Repla inga n lnk TAS e ne ceca ect te chasetes dw ee des Geed ch Grieguenceedes ce 150 Replacing an Ink Tank ERERER BEGEER GER AEA ee ee ee ee ee ee 151 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer acc ca0 ce kb dae eee hdd eda ee oka he 156 Checking the INK Status cc ssis cae ee ee eee Re Re eS ee ee eS ee eek eee 157 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Printer ccs a eke a eee eae 158 Mamina o ctot occu he ae eseeeeet dense Seca se state eTA E a 159 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are INCOneCh 6 0 c
44. Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Important Do not open the front cover while printing is in progress Note e Wait until printing ends before performing other operations Printing takes about 3 to 4 minutes to complete 173 J Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 174 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align
45. Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background colors amp images checkbox in Format amp Options In Google Chrome 1 Select Chrome Menu gt Print 2 Select the Background colors amp images checkbox in Options How to Use the Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users For touch actions you need to replace right click in this document with the action set on the operating system For example if the action is set to press and hold on your operating system replace right click with press and hold Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsof
46. Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the printer Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed Use the 4 button to select Device settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Print LAN details then press the OK button The printer starts printing the network setting information The following information on the printer s network setting is printed out ee SSID SSID SSID of the wireless LAN SSID of the access point mode Password Password Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters Authentication none auto open shared WPA PSK WPA2 PSK Signal Strength 0 to 100 TCP IP Version IPv4 amp IPv6 IPv4 IPv4 IP Address XXX XXX XXX XXX 218 IPv4 Default Gateway Default Gateway IPv4 XXX XXX XXX XXX Subnet Mask Subnet Mask XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp
47. Recommended ox eae ot 3J Note e When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again 189 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary change the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save Porter Paper Sze Letter 35 10 22230m Onertation Potrat Papet Source Cassette Ato Select 4 Save the settings Enter a name in the Name field If necessary click Options set the items and then click OK In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings 190 Important e To save the page size orientation and number of copies that was set in each sheet click Options and check each
48. Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor About Opens the About dialog box The version of the printer driver plus a copyright notice can be checked In addition the language to be used can be switched Initial Check Items Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions 422 Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head or to print the current setting value for the print head position Align Print Head Aligns the print head Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Align the print head immediately after installing the print head Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position Prints the current setting value for the print head position Print Head Alignment dialog box To adjust the print head position manually click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and
49. Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 359 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab Plan Paper Leter 85 11 22280m 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome 3 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software 360 DJ Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 361 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer This method is suitable for printing sRGB data When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively select ICM ICC Profile Mat
50. Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license
51. a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 242 Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using SSID mre Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on each sheet see the following Wireless LAN Sheet Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet 243 Wireless LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection To display the Wireless LAN sheet click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wireless LAN Admin Password v SID Encryption Method TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Acc
52. a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 266 Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance To display the Status screen select Status from the View menu Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using wired LAN Signal Strength Link Quality and Advanced Measurement are not available 1 Device Status The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable 2 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 3 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 4 Advanced Measurement To examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point or between the printer and the computer When you click the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed Connection Performance Measurement Screen 267 Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays to execute the connection performance measurement Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Cli
53. access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed 3 Use the 4 button to select Device settings then press the OK button The Device settings screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 5 Use the a gt button to select Change LAN then press the OK button 6 Use the a button to select AP mode active then press the OK button 7 Use the a button to select Start setup then press the OK button The access point mode is enabled and the printer can be used as an access point 209 Note e If you select SSID or Security protocol using the A button and press the OK button you can confirm the current access point name SSID and the current security setting Printing with the Access Point Mode Print with the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the printer via wireless LAN Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the printer as a destination Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual When a WPA2 PSK AES password is valid on the printer entering the password is required to connect an external device to the printer via wireless
54. an access point name SSID specified for the printer as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the printer GG Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from the printer Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the printer Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices GEIA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GL Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN A Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router 452 If the problem is not resolved perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Q Cannot Pri
55. and keeping it on a level surface e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 499 A 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below pag te 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper set the printer to prevent paper abrasion by using the operation panel or the computer Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once pri
56. button on the printer Make sure that the paper size setting is correct Make sure that the paper size setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing First check the paper size setting in the application software you are printing from Then check the Page Size setting on the Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window Note e Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software Make sure that the media type setting is correct Make sure that the media type setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing Make sure that the type of loaded paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing on the Main sheet in the printer driver setup window DJ Note e To switch to manual duplex printing follow the procedure below Open the printer driver setup window clear the Automatic check box on the Page Setup sheet and reprint When performing manual duplex printing note the following If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing one side of all sheets of paper will be printed first Turn over the paper and reload the paper in the printer and then the reverse side of all sheets of paper will be printed Be careful not to change the order of paper in the stack The procedure for reversing the paper varies depending on the staple side and printing ori
57. button to select Nozzle check then press the OK button Maintenance Nozzle check The nozzle check pattern will be printed 6 Examine the nozzle check pattern 163 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B oo 351 008 Poses Cc C Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A Cleaning the print head is required D E D Good E Bad lines are missing If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B Cleaning the print head is required F Good G Bad horizontal white streaks are present Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 164 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary Note e You can also clean the print head using the computer When using the computer select the ink group to clean then start cleaning Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer e When cleaning the print head using the operation panel the print head
58. bvdde Heed bbe be hee Oe eR eee oe ves 186 Changing the Printer Settings lt 4 c 05 40 69s Oi kee oe dae ede eS OE Ree ERE WES 187 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer 0 0 00 0 c eee eee 188 Changing ihe Print OpHONS osse acia s Sa ae ae nea ada eae a tek dary ee apa Aaa 189 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile 04000 dice eee eee eee Gawd eee eee amp 190 Managing he Primier POWER ih sista durnam aad em tinii DE EERE O ute acne aida ack tea 192 Reducing the Printer NGG o sers Keene Hee ie ide PEER We ENIS EL ae ew he aes 194 Changing the Printer Operation Mod ij c04 bec eiwe hbase dee eae ae dae 195 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 250 2ccsccexcwedenn ewes ede bdecewe dow uneeee au 197 Changing the Printer Settings on ihe WGD ies ooo ai ead nok s bias tuan ee aoe ade 198 Output SGuinds ii ticnee ote oedeeoe bie ieee tebe here doe de eed ew bee heed RR eS 200 LAN SENOS ci th hhh sap hh yeaa Se hn Ges a a Se nu a oa a as RSS hed ah a a a 201 Dev USER SelM S essaia Pht gai oe ote dy Ad dae hah Rear dh each Rede de eae ok GO ea ne a 8 203 PitinWare pdalE sasas ceeded Phe oe we ieee doa eed ae de Od pee ee 204 Cassette settings ee eer eka te UETA ony ona Seer tee ee eee sss 205 Reset setting Sire So Ee kok Pll MUR HG Woh HRA PERO RER ESE EE SERA EA PERSE ES 206 ADGULOMIET SENG lt scaukeckdes ead hese ai a sd Rend deed bh Soe adwa lt 207 Tuming onjot the Printer Automatically
59. change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 or Letter sized plain paper gt Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the printer s owner changes delete the printer from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 82 2 From the operation panel select the Setup button 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt GoogleCloudPrint gt Register w service Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the printer is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 6 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper then select OK The authentication URL is printed 7 Ensure that the authentication URL is printed select Yes 8 Perform the authentication process using the web bro
60. check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important e If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 391 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Status Monitor with Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor when reading this information If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete gt Important e Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of anoth
61. close the front cover If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important The ink tank that was once installed cannot be removed until the ink runs out 555 1755 Cause The ink has run out Action To maintain both machine and print quality the machine cannot continue printing under the ink out condition Cancel printing and replace the ink tank before printing again Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled 556 1872 Cause The cassette 1 is not inserted Action Insert the cassette 1 DJ Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette 1 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 e If you want to cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 557 1873 Cause The cassette 2 is not inserted Action Insert the cassette 2 DJ Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette 2 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 2 e If you want to cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 558 1874 Cause The cassette
62. confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 573 5102 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or yo
63. depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 2 Feeding envelopes from the cassette 2 can damage the printer Always load in the cassette 1 3 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 142 4 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 143 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the printer to jam or malfunction e e e e e e e e e e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with stapl
64. document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows Eile Egt yew Zoom Option Heip x eel D a Cocument Name Page information Layout Manual Color Adjustment ten Nolepes Printer Paper Sre Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm Media Type Pisin Paper Paper Source Cassette Auto Select Page Layout Noemal size C Grayscale Printing C Dyptex Printing Print Combine Documents Reset Documents E Delete Document Ep Ea View Thumbnails Oo Foe oat al Move Document A Undo 4 4 gt bi Move Page Lk Delete Page 3J Note e By clicking Fed View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list e Clicking XY Undo reverses the change that just performed 356 Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages you can combine documents change the print sequence of the documents or pages or delete documents or pages 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing 4 Editing print documents and print pages Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document By combining print documents you can prevent blank pages fro
65. driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name 525 In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly When the printer is connected to your
66. e e e e e e Information in this guide is subject to change without notice 300 Administrator Settings Sharing the Printer on a Network 301 Sharing the Printer on a Network When computers are used in a network environment documents can be printed from multiple computers that share a single printer Print Server USB cable Cent PC Client PC Client PC Setting Up a Shared Printer This section describes how to set up the print server and the client Note The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have to be the same e To set up the fax driver use the same procedure Related Topic Restrictions on Printer Sharing 302 Setting Up a Shared Printer On the print server set up sharing of the printer driver Then from the client set up the connection to the print server 1 Install the printer driver on the print server system 2 Select as described below If you are using Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows Server 2012 R2 or Windows Server 2012 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound Hardware gt Devices and Printers The Devices and Printers window is displayed If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound Hardware gt Devices and Printers The Devices and Printers window is di
67. e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 108 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may ca
68. ee ra 553 Tie EEEE E CEG Ke RP EE bs Eek A E E ke ee Cae E E 554 WO EE 4h eo Sha eesee iene achat ogee ee ede wiesaseehin Gus Oeverwsasesuases 555 BD Gln cd RS PERG KGS CLARE ER DOOR EECENAAGAEPEIERT EDGER ORE HERE DS EEL ESS 556 ME hh ee ee Sea ee be eh ee a ee ee a ees 557 TOP LEE E EE teh ois ast es seed eau ewesesaunse sen E E N A E A 558 UTA ALUNA EA AEAEE EEA AEAEE bea ran ee AANE ATEFA 559 Lo EEE E E E E E T E E E A ee E EA EE EA 560 P en r S E E A E G E E 561 a i e E EEE EEA PA ATE sete E A E A E T E A E N E EA 563 gf SEA ee ee eee eee E eee S EREE E E en era ee eee 565 Be hoes eae ot eee ied eats eset Baa gee A EE E T E E E N E E see 567 WR chee aea a bandh eueen sis naseeabneeeese sh emodaoeeden 568 a O EEEE Ede TE Ae Oh ORs ea ek CERES CA ee ee eh 569 PP ce bates see Perse eth ees oe A T E A E EE E A S E E A E E A 570 aO E EREN AEEA AA EE anes E E A A a EEE A E 571 ye ee eee ee oe ee ee ee eee ee er ee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee ee eee 574 PUP cictepetae tod esd teduceteesbae eee ee eesacesheue ghee ee tececasudses 575 SU Sears ee ee nl rene ee ee ee ee ee ee eer ee ee ee ee eee 576 Oe dao ke aoe 04 4 9 Hr4 4 8a Bins FE Odd e449 E oan eee eds aH 577 Deine chee A E A EEEE AT E TESE EEEE E LA tessseeucses 578 0S EE ee A T EEE FE ee eye ee EEE EL T EEE EET 579 Ws RaRa aaaea a R a a ee 580 A E A A TE A EEE EEA E bese E E EEA E A EEIT 581 cee E E E E a E N E E ee E TE T EE 582 De rner aa eek E E a gee Be pee a a ee ee oo ae a Ri 583 Ci ee ee
69. files may not be proper Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network For details refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen from the HOME of your product s Online Manual 277 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen the printer driver is not associated with a created port To associate a port with a printer driver follow the procedure below 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer displayed as No Driver on Name 3 Select Associate Port on the Settings menu The Associate Port screen is displayed Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cick OK Model Canon Sa genes Printer Name Status Model Port Name Avadable Canon m3 rey Available Canon Available Microsoft PORTPROMPT Available Microsoft SHRFAX 4 Select a printer to associate with a port The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printer on the Associate Port screen Select a printer to associate with a created port 5 Click OK 278 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Requi
70. filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Note e Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text Stamp Text to blank TrueType Font to Arial Style to Regular Size to 36 points Outline unchecked and Color to gray with the RGB values 192 192 192 Placement Tab The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Position Specifies the stamp position on the page Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X Position and Y Position coordinates directly Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise 417 Note e Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date Time User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab Note e Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0 Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created Up to 64 characters can be entered Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Stamps Shows a list of saved stamp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Save Save o
71. function is grayed out and cannot be selected k Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted Document list Displays the list of the print documents The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing Document Name Displays the name of the print document If you click the name of the selected print document a text box is displayed and you can rename the document to any name 434 Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document J Important The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different e To check the output page count check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important e Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends Print Settings Area Screen Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the document list Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window Page Information tab The print settings are displayed for each page You can change the media type and paper source settings Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type Allows you to select the media typ
72. heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK 5 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 6 Load paper in the printer Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 1 J Important e The cassette 2 is not available for the print head alignment procedure Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following 175 e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message 3 Important Do not open the front cover while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes SEL GT When you have entered all th
73. if your computer has a small amount of memory DJ Note Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or behind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background DJ Note With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp Define Stamp Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp Place stamp over text Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp However the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden 415 Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp over the p
74. instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 3 Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption then click Nad 9 Click Finish 229 Check the settings for cient authentication and then cick Frish 33 Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 2 Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 230 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 1 Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wired LAN tab The Wired LAN sheet is displayed Wired LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wired LAN sheet see Wired LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm Set the IP
75. is incorrect Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website 482 e Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options o
76. its associated icon in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Options Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Changes the details of printing profile to be saved Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles Icon Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save The selected icon appears with its name in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Save the paper size setting Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the print orientation is not saved and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software Save the copie
77. message is displayed When the guide message is displayed select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed To display guide messages again open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Canon lJ Status Monitor On the Option menu choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting When printing on media other than postcards load the media according to usage method of that media and click Start Printing 350 Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose In this printer there are two paper sources a cassette 1 and a cassette 2 You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your media type or purpose The procedure for setting paper source is as follows You can also set the paper source on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the media type Select the type of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Main tab 3 Select the paper source From the Paper Source list select the paper source that matches your purpose z P Letter 85 11 22280m Cassette Auto Select Based on the paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information registered on the printer the printer automatically determines which cassette to use and feeds paper from that cassette Cassette 1 Paper is fed from the cassette 1 Cassette 2 Paper
78. not be deleted even though the Print from E mail information stored on this printer was deleted Select OK to release the error and then access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po to delete the registration information If the Print from E mail information stored on this printer could not be deleted even though the registration information on the service was deleted on the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Delete from service and delete the registration information If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired Re registering the printer and the printer owner e When the printer is repaired all of the registered information is deleted and Print from E mail can no longer be used If you want to use this service again you must re register the printer and the printer owner For information about the re registration procedure see Preparing to Use Print from E mail Even if users other than the owner were registered as members repeat the registration starting from here 98 Preparing to Use Print from E mail To use this service to print a photo or document you need to follow the procedure provided below and register the printer Print the Printer Registration Page s URL and the PIN Code First print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code Check that there is sufficient amount of ink in t
79. of all ink colors are cleaned 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the 4 or button to select Cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance 4 Cleaning The printer starts cleaning the print head Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 minutes 4 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern Note e If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply 165 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only when necessary Note e You can also clean the print head deeply using the computer When using the computer select the ink group to clean then start the deep cleaning Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer e When cleaning the print head deeply using the operation panel the print head of all ink colors are cleaned 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK but
80. on off then press the OK button 4 Use the a button to select Auto power off then press the OK button 5 Use the a button to select the time then press the OK button Note e You can select whether you turn off the printer automatically from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver 208 Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode By using the printer as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the printer as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the printer to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the printer and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing with the Access Point Mode How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the printer with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the printer to the access point mode Restrictions If you use the printer with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the
81. opens 3 Adjust color balance 370 There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK y ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tygo Rarderd v C Yew Color Paten Pryt a patien for color adaustrmert 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance 33 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 371 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance When you change the color balance or intensity contrast o
82. paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface If you notice blurring or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again 291 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper When you insert a cassette into the printer after loading paper the screen for setting the type and size of paper is displayed Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper To prevent incorrect printing this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings Before printing make paper settings in accordance with the cassette paper information When this function is enabled an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing When this error message is displayed check and correct the paper settings To check cassette paper information display the paper information screen on the operation panel 292 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the printer and you may not be able to continue to print Press the
83. pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if Normal size is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 375 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Mai
84. perform the operations instructed in the messages The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position Preview Window Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment and checks the position of the selected pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the Pattern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Note e If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions Auto Power Settings dialog box When you click Auto Power the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver Auto Power On Selects the auto power on setting Specify Disable to prevent the
85. print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Rotate the printer so that the rear side of the printer faces toward you rs 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open the rear cover Slide the rear cover to the left then open it E 4 Pull out the paper slowly 542 Note Do not touch the inner parts of the printer e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the printer 6 Reload the paper then press the printer s OK button If you turned off the printer all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 543 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are the rear cover attached proper
86. printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it 423 Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it Auto Power Off Selects the auto power off setting If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specified time the printer turns off Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or p
87. printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the printer over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Select Reset LAN settings on the operation panel of the printer to initialize the network setting Reset setting 479 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing gt Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 480 Q Printing Does Not Start A Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer Wait until printing starts Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normall
88. quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing from the computer 4 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the paper source and the print quality settings 194 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows _ Custom Settings 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is
89. segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer D gt Note When you connect the printer to a Windows XP computer by cableless setup Follow the procedure below to perform settings of the printer and the computer 1 Enable the access point mode of the printer 2 Right click the Wireless Network Connections icon on the notification area on the desktop then click View Available Wireless Networks 3 Select the network name on the screen displayed then click Connect Select XXXXXX iBXXXXseries XX represents alphanumeric characters as the network name 4 Enter the network key on the screen displayed then click Connect As a default the serial number of the printer is used as a network key Confirm the serial number on the rear of the printer 5 Perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website 451 Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer Using the Access Point Mode A Make sure that the printer is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive Wireless LAN active or Wired LAN active Select AP mode active ence Is the printer selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select
90. software those settings have priority 396 Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope Media Type is set automatically to Envelope In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box select the size of the envelope to be used Note The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected Save Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings Delete Deletes a registered printing profile Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings and click Delete When a confirmation message is displayed click OK to delete the specified printing profile J Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Fram
91. space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 299 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 0 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print Print from E mail MAXIFY Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details e
92. stapling side from the list 6 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print duplex printing will be started Performing Duplex Printing Manually You can perform the duplex printing manually 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab 335 Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Poge Sze Letter 8 5 11 22280m li Onentation A Povey 2 a Pian Paper Page Leyou Tiing Poster Leter 85x11 22280m lt gt Vi Automatically reduce large document that the parter camat output 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side 339 I
93. the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary 89 Print Center Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the printer If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have aLCD monitor press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode and then swipe to the right Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap Cancel Printing AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document does not print check the following 1 Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the printer has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model 90 D gt Note e After you turn on the printer
94. the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 504 Q Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 505 Problems with the Printer The Printer Cannot Be Powered On The Printer
95. the Settings menu then associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Make sure that the printer is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point CAM Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity 468 If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver Make sure that the firewall of the security software is d
96. the currently selected page one position after its current position If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 431 Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed Documents Use the following command to select the document to display First Document Displays the first document in the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Document Displays the last document in the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Pages Use the following command to select the page to be displayed Note If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for print
97. the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WPA WPA2 Details screen is displayed If encryption is not set to the printer the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed Go to step 7 6 Click Change Settings The currert settings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type PSK Dynamic Encryption Type Ato 7 Check the client authentication type and click Next gt 228 Check the authentication type and cick Net 8 Enter the passphrase then click Next gt Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the
98. the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen e e e Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment 34 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e e e e e e e e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such act
99. to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once 3 Note e Align the envelope stack with the edge of the cassette 1 as shown in the figure below If the envelopes are in contact with the protrusion E the envelopes may not be fed properly 136 5 Align the paper guide A in front with the envelopes 6 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark F e Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs G of the paper guides 7 Insert the cassette 1 into the printer Push the cassette 1 into the printer until it stops After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 137 Pa 8 Press the OK button 10 11 Register cassette 1 pape 0K Next Use the 4 or button to select the size of the loaded envelopes in the cassette then press the OK button Size Envelope DL j Type Plain paper 3J Note e The asterisk will appear with the current page size and media type settings Paper setting for Printing Use the or button to select the type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette then press the OK button Size nvelone D Type Envelope Extend the output tray ex
100. transmission file including the e mail message and the header Therefore sometimes an attachment file cannot be printed even if the size of the attachment file is less than 10 MB e If the size of an attached JPEG file is less than 10 KB the file cannot be printed 2 Attach the file that you want to print from your smartphone tablet or computer to the e mail and send it to the e mail address for printing To check the print address on the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register w service Important e You will not be able to use the service during periods when the service is undergoing maintenance 96 Use the Service With More Than One Person To allow multiple users to use this function register users other than the printer s owner as members 1 The printer s owner uses his her smartphone tablet or computer to access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po and logs in 2 Select the printer name that you want to add the member Click Member Settings gt Add to enter the member s e mail address and click Add A URL of the member registration page is sent to the e mail address of the newly registered member 3 Registered member accesses to the URL that is included in the e mail and complete the registration You can use this service from registered e mail address Note e You can
101. unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can select a bitmap file omp and register it as a new background You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab Pian Paper Leter 8 5 11 22280m Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Pora A O Langcope Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sze Page Layout Nomnalsire 2 S a g Nomasize Fitto Page Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Automatically reduce large document that the parter camra output C Duplex Porting F Aortic Staging Sde Long side stapling Left Sons z 1 gt 0 3 gi F Port oem Last Page v te moc z oe wes oy me The Stamp Background dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and Background cannot be used 3 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens 344 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target bitmap file bmp and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background ima
102. unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 598 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 599 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 600 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 601 6920 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 602 6921 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem
103. want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search 20 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8 1 operating system called Windows 8 1 below or Windows 8 operating system called Windows 8 below is used 21 Useful Functions Available on the Machine V Vv VT VF VV Ww F Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Download a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Use the Printer More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox Connection Methods Available on the Printer Notice for Web Service Printing Use MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device Checking Printer Information How to Use Print from E mail Print Easily fro
104. wees 233 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine ee ne Sere TST ieiees 290 Viewing the Modified Seuings 4505 14245 4498a995 54099 eketa in dares ai edri ridin 237 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool TETIT kispi PETTEE TETEE O Ganon W Network Tool Sree 4 4i4udosiaiarreh eadae seen EDEA E E ARN 239 Contau ONO hosei ea aaa aaa aaea eaba 243 wireless LAN POSi 5 esac arr ages ead aga dere Pi be Sou R Aa a 244 DOIG OCG 21a aa ps ed dda as Adee TERNS BLS OLE NS BEEK AD Ed Rees OHS eee de 246 WEF Details STES 5 04 4 9 94 4 name sndd baad park Adah HH Gds eS ad essai aA 248 WPA WPA2 Details Screen TEET EET TTEA TEE EEN CETTE PERET RAEE TTET 249 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 2s c6 s0aei ence pede e eu ebb ae ewe eu ae ean 250 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen 0002000 eee eaee 251 Setup information Confirmation Screen css 44004 dein dee eee ee eadwewadeohaaeowa danas 252 Wired LAN SPESE api ia ame te dois Meade nek amp Roan ma Ane Menuet wae ae enim aoa ec 253 Admin Password Sheol 00 s0cd4 audi sehie depot eaeiedteeoawte Ketheowsee nee 254 Network Information Screen a soca oh oe ated ha ee oe ae hee ea a ea 255 Access Control Sn Gl cs is4crb5 ened cee E SEAE eee EORR EES Kha Seeded ea eR 256 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 260 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Scree
105. you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 576 5105 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 577 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 578 5203 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug t
106. your Password and select Next 74 Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel Important e There are character restrictions for the password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 7 Enter the User Name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated UniversaliTime Ka 3 Important e The User Name entry field has the following character restrictions 75 e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 8 Set Time zone and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 9 Enter the Securit
107. 0xneredeureewwedenn ss op dd dak n Beene 514 Problems with Installation Downloading 000 0c cece eee eee 515 Cannot Install the Printer DAVET saasaa a aaa ae E e E EERO SERRE ROR 516 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear 519 How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment sssaaa anaana raean 520 Uninstalling Wi Network Toolsi 1664 04 4400482200 a a ka a h a a i 521 About Errors Messages Displayed nnana nnana 522 Man Emor OCCU ean a a a en oie a aa aaa Ee a a eR dad E ha aei 523 A Message Is Displayed ie ee Man Ee Ged Gad Ba Ee Ba ee ee ee eee 524 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 2 2 eeeee sess scs cee eeeadaeneeeees 530 SuUpp rn ec bh coe poe heen ee ee eaee te Doieeees 531 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 00 000 cece eee eens 533 E O EEE MAILEA ALEE EA EAEE ASTA ee EOS Eea 534 E A e T EE oe he EEE EE ETA ES N 537 TE E E EET E E E EE E T A E E E E E E 539 A a A A E E EE E A E E E E E 542 MOTE a iaa a aaa a aa a donee cee O N Ea 544 a OL E E E E bee S E EE E A E E E E A E TEE 545 TOO eeter R E E E E 546 TOU eree r a a a Ee on e ee raters 547 TO eee a eee eee a E e eee ee r cee 548 Reece T E EE A A E A SEA E S EE A A E E A E A E E S 549 S ar oe ee r E ee eee eee E a 550 De Se oe ee E E E E conse the ees abe eens ase E E A EE 551 L e ETENE A A E A EEA EA A LE S VEA E E E A A E N E A 552 POO ee eee rr a ee ee eee ee
108. 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the printer driver Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important e You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the printer driver However when installing the XPS printer driver first complete installation of the printer driver e You can download the printer driver and XPS printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver 444 Paper setting for Printing By registering the paper size and the media typ
109. 1 and the cassette 2 are not inserted Action Insert the both cassettes Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassettes Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 If you want to cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 559 1890 Cause The protective material for the print head holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder Action Open the front cover then confirm that the protective material or the tape does not remain attached to the print head holder If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached remove it then close the front cover If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 560 2111 Cause The paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the printer Paper setting
110. 3 6944 6945 6946 e 7000 to 7ZZZ 7100 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7300 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B502 B503 B504 C000 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 532 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case If the paper is jammed inside the front cover 1300 e If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover 1303 e If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the printer pulled in the printed paper 1313 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover when automatic duplex printing 1314 e Cases other than above n Other Cases 533 1300 Cause Paper is jammed inside the front cover Action If the paper is jammed inside the front cover remove the paper following the procedure below 3 Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Open the front cover gt Important e Do not touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 2 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge
111. 6 00660 aaaea 39 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation 000 40 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 2 2000 0a 42 Printing Your Printer registration ID ee eer eee baieavde EE E 49 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window asas asasan aaa aeea 50 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center ssssssessssrrerasesa TETOR TTET 67 AOO A F aerae ae ar a aA aAa aar bes 71 Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User pii TEETER Pikia ETET PER ARETE TEESE T9 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 1 0 0 0 0 c eee 78 Wiss Secumy GOUe 62766 u bed chou heeediaawhe eden ehe pees aa eens Gene 80 Printing with Google Cloud Pi cca cess naeeeseee deanna id re bans erir S an ed 81 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 00 0c e eee ee eee ene 82 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 2 000 e eee eee 85 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device cc cccec cccedas seca cewawewetewadaan 87 Ch cking Printer TRONS ck se oes edurne nann ee aN eees eee oe ehemeagdegey 92 How to Use Print from E mail 0 0 000 cee eee ee eee 95 Preparing to Use Print rom Ena ccs d dee citarkdduseawarnn gdh dacea ded ogareaae darkicioades 99 Timezone List cc ceee cage sa Gy eee eee E ORES ERIE Se Reed Eee Ee NORTE TR eRe EEA 102 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solut
112. AH AH Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception wireless Enable Disable LAN IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wired LAN DRX Discontinuous reception wired Enable Disable LAN Printer Name Printer name Printer name Up to 15 alphanumeric characters 219 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric characters DNS Server Getting DNS Server automatically Auto Manual Primary server address XXX XXX XXX XXX XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 2 Only when IPv6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed 220 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings gt Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Other Screens of IJ Network Tool gt Appendix for Network Communication 221 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings gt Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings
113. Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values factory settings Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Important e When you select Booklet for Page Layout Duplex Printing of the print settings area will be set automatically In this case Duplex Printing is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview T
114. Available Microsoft Avaliable Microsoft 1 Model Pot Name rv PORTPROMPT SHRFAX Displays the name of device specified as a destination port It is blank if the name of device is not detected 2 Printer Displays the printer driver installed in the computer Select the printer for which you want to change the association 3 OK Performs association 273 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard 274 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port About Technical Terms Restrictions gt About Firewall 275 Using the Card Slot over a Network 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Start up IJ Network Tool 3 Sel
115. C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm Envelope Com 10 A 0 12 inch 3 0 mm B 1 14 inches 29 0 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 149 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status 150 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error Take appropriate action according to the message A Message Is Displayed J Note If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below 33 Important If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly e Once an ink tank has been installed do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use Note e Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also
116. COMUNE Aaa TION oC Pa Omer Oa ceiver regntrwice IO w rogata Dvore re ee wa be peered wan ap parmata OO mam nen pea Boyens than na the prater ropan ID besa s l de Seed URL Printer registration ID S49 Coty CARO RC 3 Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and other necessary information 33 Important Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing The screen may not transition properly 1 Use the web browser on your PC smartphone tablet or other devices to access the authentication URL Canon inkjet Cloud Printing Center http cs c ij com join Umer regreio Me kt Camara Clee Ponting Comins pee seed hy epa Pa pr renee y e Pa irte mesine O w gate AP anamen ww te Bu cengeene If agreman sey be peteret whe pmet m mnan me toa Repel a Ne Pa pet Aen O iwen ott in Bact Ferla teang rn md 43 2 On the Login screen select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered Canon inkjet Clowd Printing Center Preparation To
117. Canon iB4000 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Printer Printing Troubleshooting English Contents ek Cag a ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee 13 How to Use the Online Manual 2 0222 2s00 lt edesdueeued wa nbiek sana 14 Trademarks and Licenses cock ace esc eee eeeeueeseSs cond eeedeesaes 15 RGN PGs 6 tGGho eke a eas Se ake PES e hese eee OGSEes aera aad 19 Notes on Operation Explanations 6600000e eee cece eee eees 21 Useful Functions Available on the Machine 2 i 200 2 dsbeceaereeeeeeun es 22 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 222200000 23 Download a Variety of Content Materials 0000 00 ee eee eee 24 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application 0 0200005 25 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days 26 Use the Printer More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox 2 5 27 Connection Methods Available on the Printer 2 0522 220 2 222040s0eeeteadvenee 28 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP TPIT aisg barretan OO PESOS ea tatanga terea aeaa peu aeaaaee e ea aeaa 33 Notice for Web Service Printing n a annaua aaae 35 Use MAXIFY Cloud Link n n annaa aaa 37 Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer a asasan aaaea 38 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 2
118. Check Paper Settings before Printing oes ccsescesreaes cease eeisreedaresedaa 291 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper CORET TEREE u 292 Canceling a FNM JOD erraria 2 ea5 9495 9S e A AA RREA DE NA 293 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality eres enue dade kee dagen TERY awe enesuad LIA Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer 0000 cece 295 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 297 POCA erered erna a E E a E A A R a a a a E 298 Administrator Settings cc boo ew eee eee saat db oe hee ee E E E 301 Sharing the Printer on a Network ccc dee eee e666 boob Heder ee edd ee awe 302 Setting Upa Shared PAME 25 35 sedan eh4944 4 60 NGS SS Gaw BAe ea ar BOSE a aHAR eS eas 303 Restrictions on Printer Sharing VEE ETE EE EEEE SE TOTTE NEEE EEEE E TETE 305 About the Administrator Password 00000 cece eee eee eee 307 PUN GR na bees oo nde ee eke PRS DE EE Reger e Rees weEe OO Pining toma OMEN rece eek erent hers ce EE aR Bees E es eek awe oF 309 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 00005 310 Printing with Easy Setup n 4c0 64n0064 4 ered rr ae eee oe PEETERS beaees onl Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type 314 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 315 Various Printing Methods
119. Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK 378 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rardord C Yew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 379 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings a
120. For details on loading paper in a cassette see below Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Adjusting the cassette according to the Paper The cassette can be adjusted to three lengths Press down the lock C on the cassette to extend the cassette 128 D Lock position for stowing the cassette When not using this printer for long period of time or moving it set it to the position D The cassette will fit into the width of the printer Paper cannot be loaded while in this position E Lock position for A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller For A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller set it to the position E The cassette sticks out of the printer but you can cover it by pulling out the paper output tray Set the cassette to this position for normal use F Lock position for paper larger than A4 or Letter size For paper larger than A4 size such as Legal size set the cassette to the position F When the cassette is set to this position and inserted into the printer pulling out the paper output tray will not fully cover it The cassette sticks out of the printer Loading Paper with the Print Side Facing Down If the paper has a print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down a k os 129 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load paper in the cassette 1 or cassette 2 This section describes how to load paper in t
121. IP address When Selecting MAC address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access Wreless LAN Weed LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type MAG Address instructions 256 1 Enable printer access control MAC address Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible MAC Addresses Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible MAC Addresses Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network D Important Add the MAC address of all computers or netwo
122. Is Not Ejected 489 Q Print Results Not Satisfactory A If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CG4 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched Confirm the page size and media type settings using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected using the printer driver Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again You can confirm the print quality setting using the printer driver Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job gt Part of the Page Is Not Printed No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially
123. It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it Subnet Mask IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power 283 W WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET e WEP WEP Key An encry
124. MIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed 92 Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Print from E mail setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Records of use Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer Print from E mail setup Allows you to register printers check print addresses and delete registered printers IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important e For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to a
125. N Port Wired LAN 100BASE TX 10BASE T Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time Wireless LAN and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Approx 24 W Standby minimum Approx 1 0 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 3 W 1 1 USB connection to PC 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 18 3 W x 15 5 D x 11 5 H inches Approx 463 W x 394 D x 290 H mm With the Paper Output Tray and Cassettes retracted Approx 21 5 Ib Approx 9 8 k
126. Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Q Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key A For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool Q How to Set an Encryption Key A For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the printer and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the printer to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key accord
127. P WPAAWPA2 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed D Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Update Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Wireless LAN Sheet DJ Note e When detecting your target access point make sure that the access point is turned on 246 3 Set Click to set the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 247 WEP Details Screen Note e This scree
128. Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Main Page Sp Martenance EEN Page Sze Letter 8 5711 22280m Onertation A Pores A C Rotate 180 degrees GP Portar Pacer Size Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster ga Nomasize Ftto Page Pisin Paper Letter 85 11 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed 329 If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK kage Diyisions Ddod rto 2 cg Bret Qt Pate in nagas F Port Qt Paste ines in margins Pont page range os Pages Erter page numbers and or page ranges seperated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 oe re Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box DJ Note
129. Setup tab Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Pora A O Langcape I Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sze Page Layout Noenalsize 2 S A g Nomalaize Fttofage Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannot output C Duplex Parting V Aoma Saping Sde Lorgside stapling Lefi Sons a 1 03 gi F Port ioe Last Page v te ok _ __carea The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 338 3 Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select the stamp to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary specify the following settings and then click OK Define Stamp button To change the stamp text bitmap or position click this Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Note e The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used e Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer
130. Stop button to cancel printing 293 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the printer caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month Ink is mixed at fixed intervals The printer is set to automatically mix the ink to maintain optimal printing quality Therefore printing on a regular basis helps keep the ink in good condition If the printer is not used for an extended period of time the printer will automatically mix the ink before printing Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat co
131. Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or SRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver d
132. Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection LCD Cannot Be Seen At All gt An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed 506 Q The Printer Cannot Be Powered On A Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the printer then turn it back on Unplug the printer from the power supply then plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 507 Q The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally A Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The printer turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the printer to turn off automatically open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power under the Maintenance sheet select Disable for Auto Power Off 508 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Q Printing Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed A If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the printer will operate at a lower s
133. Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access e The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section int
134. Volgograd Tehran UTC 04 00 Abu Dhabi Muscat Yerevan Baku Port Louis Kabul Islamabad Karachi Ekaterinburg Tashkent Sri Jayawardenepura Chennai Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi Kathmandu UTC 06 00 Astana Dhaka Almaty Novosibirsk Yangon Rangoon UTC 07 00 Krasnoyarsk Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta UTC 05 00 UTC 08 00 Irkutsk Ulaan Bataar Kuala Lumpur Singapore Perth Taipei Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi UTC 09 00 Seoul Yakutsk Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Adelaide Darwin UTC 10 00 Vladivostok Canberra Melbourne Sydney Guam Port Moresby Brisbane Hobart UTC 11 00 Magadan Solomon Is New Caledonia UTC 12 00 Auckland Wellington Fiji Marshall Is Petropavlovsk Kamchatsky UTC 13 00 Samoa Nuku alofa 102 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solutions Use MAXIFY Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly MAXIFY Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play 103 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print set
135. Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows 7 or Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 528 J Note e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions 2 Select Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 3 Select Change If you select Yes after you have followed the on screen instructions the confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically Note If you select Uninstall or Remove in Windows XP the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions 529 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the printer or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the printer emits any unusual sound
136. a Instructions Tor Use Printer DVS cesare saimo at herad ertr IREE RE E saw 393 Printer Driver Description TERET OEE ee CRE ee OWE BE OY pia ae phe gagews 395 Quick Setup tab Descripti n ssri dada eud ides oo dh a ee She 396 Maim tab DeSenipi O x5 dh ddd ehh dee eae hee Ne TRG eS dee Pek ieee eee ae 402 Page Setup tab DeScnph ON eerie tender ok Nabeul eh ae nok ho ea a aa 408 Maintenance tab Description aicacndeesee ee ees wud dene nbs Gy bbeeduneeeuaees 420 Canon Id Preview Description xiao aoe crani hd eae eed eee eA Deas 4aGa a aoe 426 Canon XPS Preview DesScnpion 2a6 0044 lt haddnacsencebtaie nu aredewnanen ae 429 Canon IJ Status Monitor DEScriplOnis cis casduace ines aai se eee ahd ee eae 437 Updating the Printer DIV c656 a04 ieee ebro e weed eee eee aes 440 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driven ds 4 in ts k hey oe add Kid Od See heros Rae aees 441 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver s02 ccsicccecreeecteeide den eeeew sedans s 442 Before Installing the Printer Diet css scos04 dcnreootuioe ares addads cea aia nEn RdA 443 Installing the Printer Diver srs s eeeeebii ede ee desde saya e eed uedeeeeuheieavans 444 Paper seting Ior PMN ee ee ee ee ers eee ee ee eee 445 TroubleshOOtNG See ete ae ean ee eer aetna rer eer eerie 447 Problems with Network COMMUNIGAUON 22 s4s2eeicedddesse skeet sors eeeeedes 448 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network TEATS T EEY Mbaetoeeeaeus MAN
137. ac OS Enab disab Bonjour Selecting Active allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings LPR setting Activates deactivates the LPR setting DRX setting Enables discontinuous reception when using wireless or wired LAN It allows you to save electricity Wireless LAN Selecting Active allows you to enable discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN Wired LAN Selecting Active allows you to enable discontinuous reception when using wired LAN 3J Note Depending on the access point you are using discontinuous reception of the wireless LAN may not be activated even though Active is selected e Discontinuous reception is activated only while the printer is on standby The LCD is in the screen saver mode 202 Dev user settings e e Language selection Changes the language for LCD messages and menus Japanese English German French Italian Spanish Dutch Portuguese Norwegian Swedish Danish Finnish Russian Ukrainian Polish Czech Slovak Hungarian Slovene Croatian Romanian Bulgarian Turkish Greek Estonian Latvian Lithuanian Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean Indonesian Key repeat Enables Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the A button when selecting a setting menu or setting item Device info sending Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server The information sent to Canon will b
138. address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed 231 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Admin Password tab The Admin Password sheet is displayed Weeless LAN Admin Password Vv Use admin password Password Password Confirmation For details on the Admin Password sheet see Admin Password Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm To use an administrator password select the Use admin password check box and enter a password J Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting 6 Click OK A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitt
139. ading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading In addition when you load paper with some paper remaining in the cassette flip through the remaining paper and the newly loaded paper before loading e When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit e Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation Loading Paper D Important e When loading paper in the cassette slide the paper guide on the front side to align with the corresponding mark of page size Load the paper with the print side facing DOWN load the paper stack in the center of the cassette then slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load H
140. adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 367 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data When printing Adobe RGB data you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction 4 Select the input profile Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile Select Standard For Adobe RGB data Select Adobe RGB 1998 368 Important e When the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid e When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer Adobe RGB 1998 will not be displayed 5 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adju
141. agakis with a zip code column toward the far end of the cassette 1 e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing 485 Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper eee Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary If two or more sheets of paper feed from the cassette at once clean the inside of the cassette For information on cleaning the inside of the cassette refer to Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 486 Q Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing A Is the setting for automatic duplex printing selected Make sure that the Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on the Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window Duplex Printing ei Make sure that the actual size of the paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for automatic duplex printing are A4 and Letter Load paper of suitable size then press the OK
142. age Layout e Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing is also selected only Stapling Side can be specified 321 Fit to Page Printing SE Festival Festival E Come and join ne The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select Fit to Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Pope Sre Letter 8 5x11 22280m Li Orientation A Pora AJC _ Fotste 180 degrees GPP Pinter Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Fito Page JS 2 iy Nomal size Scaled Page Layo Tiing Poster gt 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 322 Chick Setup Man Page Sp Mantenance EEN Page Sze Letter 8 5711 2228m a Orientation A Porras LA Olngcpe 5 Complete the s
143. aked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOJOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONR Colors Are Streaked A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory O2 Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice 503 Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center CS Perform Print Head Alignment Aligning the Print Head DJ Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing
144. ality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area Page Layout Printing Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Pages Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side and Margin Copies Opens the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted This command has the same function as the Delete Page on the toolbar Restore Page Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To restore pages you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails Move Page Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages Move to First Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Backward One Moves
145. alue in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly J Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print You cannot change the levels of pure white and black However the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity contrast is changed the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment Pa
146. and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 609 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 610 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 611 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 612 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 613 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the probl
147. ange Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Reps 13 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect Maimik Taiki Choose a wireless network G areh network ter Cid an bem in the kt below to connect bo a wireless network in range or to get more riom G Set up a wireless retor n tor a home or anal office r Ii Seourty qnabled mreless network WPA nt td Li Securtey qratied va elect nebwcrh WPA p es 2 LE Seourty enabled meless network a eee p Wireless Network Connection The network HEEE requires a network key also called a WEP key or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting bo this network Type the hey and then cick Connect 15 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon m pms eS You Cen select whether to use the preter we USE connection of LAN connection Folios the ormecreen watructions to select the commection matted Netaork setup is required ahon using the printer vie LAN conection If the setup n sresdy completed the commection a confirmed automaticaly If the setup not completed follow the orvecreen Petrctioes 10 set we the preter Bit Noa O 32 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect usin
148. as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select the Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop then select Computer from the list on the left In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start then Computer o In Windows Vista click Start then Computer In Windows XP click Start then My Computer 2 Double click the l CD ROM icon on the displayed window If the contents of the CD ROM are displayed double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM install it from our website D gt Note e If the CD ROM icon is not displayed try the following e Remove the CD ROM from your computer then insert it again e Restart your computer If the icon is not yet displayed try different discs and see if they are displayed If other discs are displayed there is a problem with the Setup CD ROM In this case contact the service center 516 e If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer and turn on the printer STEP J Setup Printer Connection Completion STEP 4 Information Help The printer is not detected Check the connection Cancel DJ Note The printer is not detected Check the connection may be displayed depending on the computer you use Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer Follow the procedure below to conn
149. asurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen gt Network Information Screen 262 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The acc
150. attern This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged Click Print Check Pattern When the confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Power Off Turns off the printer from the printer driver Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button POWER button on the printer because the printer is out of your reach You must press the ON button POWER button on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Auto Power Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot
151. atus Monitor during printing Always Display on Top Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows Display Guide Message Displays the guide for operations in which how to set paper is complicated Envelope Printing Displays the guide message when envelope printing starts To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Hagaki Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Display Warning Automatically When a Low Ink Warning Occurs Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs Start when Windows is Started Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows Ink Details Menu Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer Ink Details dialog box This function displays graphics and messages showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels Ink Information displayed at left Shows the ink tank types
152. available on the printer p Wireless Connection With an access point gJ o Without an access point Vy 4 gt Wired Connection ae USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without using an access point The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J gJ1 D Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer 28 e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and Ci Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point Connection without Using an Access Point J 4 gt e Connect the printer and a device without using an access point Connect a dev
153. ave entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning 78 If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help 79 What is a Security code A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer Important e If you do not set a Security code another user may use your account e This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel You can
154. be made to the password WEP key of the access point a Kay Length 128be 2 Key Format ASCII 3 Key ID Athertication 5 instructions 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 226 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 227 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect
155. book Properties Manage jobs Latest noices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ON pop up card pace for Your Photos ye Evernote Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 63 Search apps Photography Productivity Creatmty hot og apr y z5 Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY oductivily CANON INC CANON INC i a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM f oe Crafts EI pop up card CTS z Facebook Flickr CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at Histo
156. bout the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen 50 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center For a new registration you need the Printer registration ID System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears Important e With this service the functions available to Standard user of the print
157. box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box 346 Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Load envelope on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Porter Paper Size Lotier 35 11 22x23cm v Onertation Potrat Landscape Pages Source Cassette Ato Select v Cassete postion Cassette 1 4 Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 or Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation A 6 Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality
158. ca cee ee ee ads Rees A 160 Maintenance Procedure a c0 o paek eee ros ee Hed HOES HEME EGER EEE OE ea a 161 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern s c kadai hed he doe aa he ee ee eS 163 Examining the Nozzle Check Patten lt cc00c osn0 a dunce anion eked a dca aa we 164 Cleaning he Prim Poad uscd sa wesin gd ota dy paladins wane Han Re E ed tian 165 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply ic2 cc0seieeesdpee ee evade ede ladeeeee loo edee aes 166 AOning the PRURURCAD o 0 16 2 cer aad chat eeada ta dhow nase a a a N a tama ie 167 Performing Maintenance from a Computer s22cioccesc id iberteeedideee seven edenaaeene ex 169 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer cc dione a cei edwee aa deaw ewe ad aun asd 170 Aligning the Pint Head ous eeae4 eek ooo ooh SEES EEE ede bE PER CREE ebb e eee e ed 172 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer nasasa saa auaa aaaea 173 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer nas sasaaa aaan 2 eee eee 175 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern a nn naana anaana 178 Cleaning the Printer ss csssriosi sesir Sede ene eee Ee Ewe TASE EE eRe RES 180 Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer a co gas dean aeaecietee ah aaa Gah bad dee calla a a a Se 181 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller iis ccedi cb etined dated thet theo Dee eRe Oe eR 182 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning 000000e eee eeee 184 Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette 4 s0058
159. can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting the document printed from the preview is saved and you can reprint the document with the same settings 1 Displaying the print history Open the printer driver setup window Then on the Maintenance tab select View Print History The saved print document is displayed in the preview Important e To limit the number of print history registrations click History Entry Limit on the File menu e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one 2 Selecting a print document From the Document Name list select the document to be printed 3 Executing print Click Print Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 358 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast
160. cate with the Printer Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed A It may take a while for the computer to obtain the IP address or you may need to restart your computer Search for the printer again after confirming a valid IP address is assigned to the computer Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN A Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the printer is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices SH Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may
161. cation You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 25 Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Use Print Your Days to collect Facebook photos of memories of parties and travel recent activity of your family and friends your hobbies etc then create and print a work of art Print Your Days is available from the Print Your Days Facebook page Print and enjoy the excitement and memories depicted n the photos on Facebook 26 Use the Printer More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox Quick Toolbox is a shortcut menu that lets you access the functions you want to use with one click After installing utilities compatible with Quick Toolbox they will be added to this menu The Quick Toolbox provides a convenient way to quickly launch added utilities for making printer settings and doing other management tasks Refer to Quick Toolbox Guide for details 27 Connection Methods Available on the Printer The following connection methods are
162. cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct 450 For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Mae Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network
163. ch apps please set up an account beforehand To find out which models support MAXIFY Cloud Link check the Canon homepage e The screen display may change without prior notice 37 Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 38 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud P
164. ch window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note e The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search if Eror Persists J Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you
165. ching When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 5711 22280m aj C Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following and click OK 362 Caller Correction KM None Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used None The printer driver does not perform color correction Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e When ICM is disabled in the application software
166. ck Next gt to start measurement perfomance the access port and display whether t is sutable for panting Check that the printer is tumed on and cick Net When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access them Poor connection R wil take a couple of minutes to measure the conection performance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Displays when the measurement is finished Connection Performance between the Pinter and the Access Port ett Pee J coa 1 Cick Remeasuremert to measure the perfomance again 268 1 Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the access point Good connection performance A Unstable connection performance Q Cannot connect Q Measurement is canceled or cannot measure 2 Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 269 Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot To display the Maintenance screen select Maintenance from the Settings menu Setting intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick intis
167. collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 421 Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern such when printing at night Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box Perform this function to change the settings of this printer Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview and displays the print history DJ Note e You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding Note e If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ
168. computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly Make sure that the printer driver is installed correctly Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable check the status of the device on your computer Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device 1 Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below If the User Account Control screen is displayed follow the on screen instructions e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Device Manager e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Control Panel Hardware and Sound then Device Manager e In Windows XP click Cont
169. consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then open the front cover The replaceable ink tank is displayed on the LCD and the print head holder A moves to the replacement position of that ink tank 151 A Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled e You cannot remove the ink tank which is not placed at the replacement position Removing it forcibly may cause the printer to malfunction or damage the printer e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer e If the front cover is left open for more than 60 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the front cover Note If the message for the ink tank replacement is displayed on the LCD check it and then press the OK button When an ink tank for replacement is displayed on the LCD push up the
170. create an account enter your e mail _ e aaa address and the printer registration ID es Ou ete ewan Ce pete An omal kom noroply Imal cs ojcom wil be sent Puai fed o mal address If you use e mail OF meneen w ie Os megum a 0 agre amn wos be paerd te Siters bo suro to allow o mal trom this addross EE A He te Maad el Ome De pote mop imt Oten ate eeaes An o mail address thal is already regisiored cannot be used E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols amp 4_ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by selecting the Setup button on the printer operation panel and then selecting Web service setup gt Connection setup gt JCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service 44 e You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail becaus
171. d on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If i appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer 234 r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the IJ Network Tool to start over the measurement 7 Click Finish DJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 235 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Click Initialize Sething intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card siot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 5 When the confirmation screen is displayed click Yes Retums the prin
172. d then Delete Document o To delete a print page click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be deleted Next on the Edit menu select Delete Page from Pages Print page recovery You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page To recover pages select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page 357 After editing the print documents or print pages you can change the print settings on the Page Information Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary Important To display the multiple documents in the list open the preview and execute print again To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview on the Edit menu select Reset Documents from Documents If the documents to be combined have different print settings a message may be displayed Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview DJ Note e You
173. d wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank 547 1310 Cause The size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing Action The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Make sure that the size of the paper loaded in the printer is correct Pressing the OK button will eject the paper and restart printing from the front side of the next paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet will not be printed 548 1575 Cause Ink cannot be correctly detected Action If an ink tank becomes empty replace it An ink tank cannot be replaced until it becomes empty Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition 549 1600 Cause Ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the machine s OK button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinsta
174. driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing Important e To use the XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer Installing the Printer Driver e To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again e To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Specifying the Printer Driver To specify the printer driver open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using and select XXX where XXX is your model name to specify the regular printer driver or select XXX XPS where XXX is your model name to specify the XPS printer driver Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window click the Help button found on the tab Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 387 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing 1 Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general select Print on the
175. driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp on the document This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a Background Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and select the background to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the background details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK 339 Select Background button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted wi
176. e select this check box and enter a password 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation Important e If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting 254 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard 255 Access Control Sheet 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access To display the Access Control sheet click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen Wreless LAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type 1 Enable printer socess controsMA0 address MAD Address Comment instructions 1 Printer Access Control Type Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods When Selecting MAC address When Selecting
177. e Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed 62 e ce Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order Drag apps to rearrange the order Be CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CL 2 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ie paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order Ea Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them goa Ming pricier Manage users Userinformation instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON oe f Flickr Face
178. e This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers Note e You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed 330 Quick Setup Man Pisn Paper Leter 85x11 22280m SS 3J Note Page S amp P Martenanoe EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m amp Onentation C Rotate 190 degrees GPP Preta Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster 4 Nomalaize Fato Page Sosed lt Long sde saping Lefi Sons 199 1 Z gi F Pa
179. e between neighboring patterns 3J Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print 383 On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value Lg enc w S E A anon d 4 gt 6 z s bi OIS 6 Adjusting the intensity contrast bg d E iS EE Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sarrgie Tyge Rarderd C Yew Color Patten 384 Note e You can also set intensity contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the intensity contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important e When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items ar
180. e grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if Normal size is selected for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 385 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer gt Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver 386 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Printer Driver Types On Windows Vista SP1 or later you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver The XPS printer
181. e loaded in the cassette you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings When you load paper in the cassette The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed Register cassette 1 pape OK Next Press the OK button then register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper gt Important e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer When the paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer Ex Paper setting for printing B5 Cassette paper information registered to the printer A4 CTT 445 When you start printing a message is displayed Size type of paper 2111 OK Select option Confirm the message then press the OK button When the screen to select the operation is displayed select one of the operations below Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Use cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing i
182. e necessary values click OK DJ Note If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed 3 Important Do not open the front cover while printing is in progress 176 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks B A A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 177 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the pr
183. e of the document to be printed Paper Source Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Layout tab You can specify settings for page layout printing To apply the specified settings click Apply If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly 435 Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity
184. e of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Access the URL in the e mail register the information and complete the user registration 1 When an e mail with the subject Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree License agreement English by Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion VAlhoan tha Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree 45 Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information i
185. e rear cover Slide the rear cover to the left then open it 539 4 Pull out the paper slowly 2 Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the printer e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the printer 6 Reload the paper then press the printer s OK button If you turned off the printer all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary 3J Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 540 Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 541 1314 Cause Paper is jammed inside the rear cover when performing automatic duplex printing Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover when performing automatic duplex printing remove the paper following the procedure below 3J Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel
186. e status of the following information View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window This command has the same function as the Gea View Thumbnails on the toolbar View Document List Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window View Print Settings Area Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window View Deleted Pages When the thumbnails are displayed this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To check deleted pages you must first select the View Thumbnails check box Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started Select Page Information Layout or Manual Color Adjustment Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information E Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes 433 Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected
187. e the print quality 2 Pull out the cassette from the printer 130 TA 3 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 4 Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place it in the center of the cassette 3 Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation C Loading paper in the landscape orientation D can cause paper jams Note e If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion E the paper may not be fed properly 131 e To load 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size paper or smaller raise the tab F of the paper guide 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size paper or smaller can be loaded in the cassette 1 only To load paper larger than A4 size in the cassette press down the lock G on the cassette then extend the cassette all the way out G 4 5 Align the paper guide A in front with the paper stack For standard sizes set the paper guide A to where it clicks into place 6 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly 132 3 Note Do not load sheets of paper high
188. e utilized to develop better products Select ON to send the printer usage information to Canon server 203 Firmware update You can update the firmware of the printer check the firmware version or perform settings of a notification screen Note e Only Current version is available when LAN inactive is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings Install update Performs the firmware update of the printer Important e When you use this function make sure that the printer is connected to the Internet Note If the firmware update is not complete check the following and take an appropriate action e When using wired LAN make sure that the printer is connected to the computer with a LAN cable properly e Check the network settings such as an access point or a router If Cannot connect to the server try again is displayed on the LCD press the OK button then try again after a while Current version You can check the current firmware version Update notification When ON is selected and the firmware update is available the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the LCD 204 Cassette settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings In addition you can allow the p
189. ean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the printer dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the printer may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning D gt Note e To prevent the inside of the printer from stains set the paper size correctly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click OK 5 Confirm the message and click OK 501 Q Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning D Note e When performing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink 502 Q Colors Are Uneven or Stre
190. ecified input ICC profile you can print by using the color space Adobe RGB or SRGB of the data effectively The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch up results of Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select None for Color Correction Calor Correction Ortwer Matching KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and
191. eck box is checked only some of the information in the color profile is disabled and the color profile can still be used for printing e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Disable the paper source setting of the application software Disables the paper feeding method that is set by the application With some applications such as Microsoft Word the data may be printed with a feeding method that differs from the printer driver setting In this case check this function Important e When this function is enabled normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the Canon IJ Preview However if you are using the XPS printer driver you will be able to change the paper feeding method from the Canon IJ XPS Preview Ungroup Papers Sets the display method of Media Type Page Size and Printer Paper Size To display the items separately select the check box To display the items as a group clear the check box Do not allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors selecting this check box may improve the condition J Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Print after creating print data by page The print data is created in page u
192. ect the machine in Printers 4 Select Maintenance on the Settings menu 5 Click Setup Setting intialization To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick Initialize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 6 Specify the drive letter then click OK Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK 276 7 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on Computer or My Computer gt canon_memory 7 o Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time However while one computer is writing a file into a memory card other computers cannot access the same file If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be
193. ect the printer and the computer again 1 Turn the printer off 2 Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer then connect it again 3 Turn the printer on If you cannot resolve the problem follow the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver 1 Click Cancel 2 Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen wo Click Exit on the MAXIFY XXX screen where XXX is your printer s name then remove the CD ROM Turn the printer off Restart the computer Make sure that you have no application software running N DO oO Ff Insert the CD ROM again then install the printer driver 517 In other cases Reinstall the printer driver If the driver was not installed correctly uninstall the printer driver restart your computer then reinstall the driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver If you reinstall the printer driver install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Note e If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the driver Restart your computer before reinstalling 518 Q Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear A If Easy WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer confirm the following Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX displayed on the Too
194. ed Settings screen is displayed 232 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 2 Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance 3 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 4 If you measure the connection performance in detail click Advanced Measurement The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed 5 Click Next gt The measurement starts and the status displays Measurement takes a few minutes Check that the printer is tumed on and click Next When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access point and remove any interfeang objects between them Poor comection wil cause unstable operation such as slow panting Rwil take a couple of minutes to measure the connection perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress 233 6 Check the status When the measurement is complete the status is displayed The results are as follows Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point coos Cick Remeasuremert to measure the performance again Whe
195. ed and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product D ENERGY STAR AA MA 111 Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer LCD and Operation Panel 112 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View Operation Panel 113 Front View 7 6 1 operation panel Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it Operation Panel 2 front cover Open to replace an ink tank or remove jammed paper inside the printer 3 paper output tray Pull out to support printed paper It will then cover the cassette Pull out for normal use 4 cassette 1 Accepts all sizes of paper compatible with this printer plain paper photo paper envelopes etc Paper Sources to Load Paper 5 cassette 2 Accepts A4 Letter and Legal sized plain paper Paper Sources to Load Paper 6 output tray extension Extend to support ejected paper 7 paper output support Open to support ejected
196. ed on the LCD Close the front cover follow the Support Code error number displayed in the error message to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error refer to Support Code List Has the front cover been left open for 60 minutes or longer If the front cover is left open for more than 60 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the front cover to return the print head holder to the position for replacing 513 Q Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed A Is the printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected 514 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the Printer Driver Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 515 Q Cannot Install the Printer Driver A If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD ROM is inserted into your computer s disc drive Start the installation following the procedure below 1 Select items
197. ee ee ee re ee ee ee e 584 G02 See ee eee y E Se E ee ee ee ke ee eee ee ee ee E E EE ee ee 585 St Eee Tee Tee eee ee eT ee Tere ee ee ee ee eT ee ee eT ee eee ee ee 586 oc i eee ee ee ee ee ee re ee eee ee ee ee 587 DS 24 ere ee een ee eter ea er ee ee ee ee ee ee ee re mee 588 Oe a 250 oh a kae E ede a ges 24 hk P44 omen eee 589 Cot a ee i ee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee 590 LS ls ee ee ee eee Ce ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee 591 OWN ti E AE L E E E E E E E E E A E A A EE AE 592 OOOO errore a ee ee er re eer ee ee era 593 E a OA ee eee ee E EE E E E eT eee re eee T eee EE 594 a E N A E E E S E A E E E E A E A E E E 595 OO ee ee ee ees bAt i ee ee ee a ee 596 Poe fect ce sesteasheseeaae ee eee E E a ceteer eee E E EEE 597 OO c2t Gatnosteeesetoauttetegngeceeciesasesessiuksacneeieioensenses 598 ol ee eS ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 599 Mt init aE r e a aa eE EOE E ee Od 600 a a E E E A T A E N E T T E E E E EE A E E E 601 Oe ee er Se ee ee re ee eee ee ee 602 ee ih wee er eee ees ao wo hots oa ee eee E ae at a ees 603 CIN cis GaknestebstesaeerensedagscecotesasesesSosteauseteesaensaee es 604 SS er eS ee ee ee ee ee eee eee 605 OORO 46505 Gad ese bate Soa eee gderesesen 4 ee ahgueddadee a tHi 608 Cel cicteeetae coded teduceeeesbae teehee eesacesheue A EEEE ETT 609 cht ee ae eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee 610 O Eene Re a ore 04 4 o HE e RG Rinse FE Oe 44h E oan Be eee a 3k 611 ete eine chee ce Seer se ted eee eee
198. een set the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together and then the back pages are displayed First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu This men
199. eeseG adaceesasees 471 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key ere cana en eps M2 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 474 The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten TETT USA pesses ATO Checking Information about the Network 0005 ie BE bl wah Ga pie Ree eS 477 How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default 5 479 Problems with PIM 2c ccde deceiutedaddddvcdbidsudivrec bbeatsctisusias 480 Ponting Dees Not SlaMiaasccdicsa ote widdd hh Ge mil aiid A wate eed hae oR he Ae eee ends Aes 481 Paper JAMS 66 225 445 0444 24 oped HORE EERERE TOMER ERAGE ERLE SEES Ree ES 484 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs 200000 0c cece eee eens 485 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing 0 0 0 c ee eee 487 Printing Stops Before It ls Completed 2525524 i024409 2444024440 6904 oair DERE G DRG ED eRe HOR 488 Problems with Printing QUA 6 cc ce 6 b6HG eee horde hae on eee ee eee eee ee ew 489 Prot Results Not satisiacionys cs sagscn0 Sie be saad ePNed Sears BASES Sa oto eaeweda soe hese es 490 Cannot Printte End of JOD 1022444 a0uk sa krn eee etd eed eave bee aeh et aSetaedn aS 491 Parhor ihe Page ls Not Piitedscccdccuncnerddwk eed dank dwared saukdre eaten dl MGs ee 492 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks TOFT
200. eight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine e Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e e e e 107 Regulatory and Safety Informatio
201. em is not resolved contact the service center 614 7100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 615 7200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 616 7201 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 617 7202 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 618 7203 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 619 7204 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printe
202. ending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Note The printer uses pigment ink Due to the nature of the pigment ink the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched 289 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the printer status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure e Is the inside of the printer smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your printer with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in a cassette load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING DOWN Loading Paper A cassette 1 B cassette 2 e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 290 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Before printing make paper settings in the computer screen There are various types of paper such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and
203. ent always load paper in the cassette 1 e Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the printer so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the print head again press the printer s OK button to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment 569 4100 Cause The specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors then start printing again 570 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the printer s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again 571 4104 Cause The paper size or the media type that cannot be fed from the cassette 2 is specified Action Press the printer s Stop button to cancel printing Specify the paper size setting to A4 Letter or Legal and specify the media type setting to Plain Paper Then print again J Note e If you will not change the paper size setting or the media type setting select the cassette 1 as the paper source If this is the case register the cassette 1 paper information properly 572 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then
204. entation Follow the on screen instructions 487 Q Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the printer has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the printer and the computer to process the printer may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the printer may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the printer Never touch the print head or nearby components 488 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink
205. enticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country Default Gateway A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server 280 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN us
206. epare a new ink tank 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor 156 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Printer You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 157 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Printer You can check the ink status on the LCD A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level VaR Example Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank 2 Note e The above screen shows estimated ink levels Select Print ink number in Ink information on the Setup menu screen to print the model number of the ink tank e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 158 Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer 159 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Chec
207. er are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC 51 If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvMrive 1 t Contg Propeces 1 Left context menu 2 Printer name area 3 Right context menu 4 Display area 5 Menu area 1 Left context menu When you select z the Mng printer screen of the Manage users screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng printer screen Select printer screen Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM e 1 series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer 52 From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Multiuser mode Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer infor
208. er than the load limit mark H e Keep the paper stack height below the tabs 1 of the paper guides Insert the cassette into the printer Push the cassette into the printer until it stops After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the LCD r 3J Note When A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller is loaded the cassette stops at the same position as the extended paper output tray which then covers the cassette When paper larger then A4 or Letter size is loaded the extended cassette protrudes beyond the paper output tray Do not force the cassette into the printer any further This can damage the printer or cassette 133 8 Press the OK button Register cassette 1 pape OK Next 9 Use the 4 or gt button to select the size of the loaded paper in the cassette then press the OK button Size Aas Type PlusGlossy Note e The asterisk will appear with the current page size and media type settings Paper setting for Printing 10 Use the 4 or gt button to select the type of the loaded paper in the cassette then press the OK button Size ADE Type r 11 Extend the output tray extension J then open the paper output support K Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer driver 134 Loading Envelopes Yo
209. er user DJ Note e When you perform this operation all print jobs are deleted If the print queue list contained a necessary print job start the printing process over from the beginning 392 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver Depending on the document type to be printed the paper feed method specified in the printer driver may not operate correctly If this happens open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application software and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you will not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will
210. es or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc 144 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Envelopes 145 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the printer allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area LA The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision 2 Note e With performing Automatic Duplex Printing the printable area will be 0 08 inch 2 mm smaller at the top margin 146 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes ee O e S E Recommended printing area A 1 80 inches 45 8 mm B 1 45 inches 36 8 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm 147 Letter Legal A m HE o Fa Tai 2 E F E Recommended printing area A 1 80 inches 45 8 mm B 1 45 inches 36 8 mm Z Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 148 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 6 69 inches 98 8 x 170 0 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 8 24 inches 93 5 x 209 3 mm HE Recommended printing area Envelope DL A 0 83 inch 21 0 mm B 1 14 inches 29 0 mm
211. ess point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 239 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is g
212. ess point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 263 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Punters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is g
213. ess point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed As the initial settings the unique value is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive 244 3 Search The Search screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Search Screen DJ Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN Do not use Select to disable encryption Use WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a WEP key has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a WPA WPAZ key you
214. ess the OK button Maintenance Bottom cleaning The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 3J Note When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the printer may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like gt Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer 185 Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If the pad in a cassette is smeared with paper powder or dirt two or more sheets of paper may be ejected Follow the procedure below to clean the pad in a cassette You need to prepare cotton swab 1 Pull out the cassette 1 or cassette 2 from the printer then remove all the paper 2 Clean the pad A sideways with a moistened cotton swab gt Important e After cleaning the smeared pad dry it completely For an example of the cassette 1 3 Reload the paper then insert the cassette into the printer Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the printer press the OK button If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 186 Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings
215. essi creera eo biddedeed eddeee seer bees oe eee eae 208 Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode 0 00 00 cc cece eect eee 209 Information about Network Connection 2 220 sG5s4s5 eles 6 eeheeeeieeesaoweens 212 Useful Information about Network Connection 00 00 cc cece tee 213 Default Values Set at Factory NetWork cccactocrtee gob daiedos Seed eve ES A EE 214 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable 2 00002000 215 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup 216 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 217 Printing Out Network Setting Information ieee i Da Gin OO oath TNTET sotnie 218 About Network Communication iii 6e oo eos OOS ee eed OS OS eee ee SRS 221 Changing and Confirming Network Settings PETET TEET ARTAR 222 DNO TO enade n dh heed adh aE Ra EANA a ea 223 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 222 2600 000 eevee ede ee eee eeu 224 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings 24 40 14 bodcveiet sree budenereeandeetedeinabaceva 226 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings ETTAN YT ESTEE ETT AE au 22D Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 06 00 00 seed eens eee e ceeds 231 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet hed aaa re rece are mae 82 Monitoring Wireless Network StatuS 00 6cese0es4nee eneeb eae ee ne eee be ee ea
216. ethod Use WEP TCP IP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wireless LAN sheet see Wireless LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm SSID Enter the same value that was set for the target access point When the printer is connected with USB the Search screen appears by clicking Search Set the SSID of the access point by selecting the one of the detected access points Search Screen 224 DJ Note e Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration Changing the WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA WPA2 and clicking Configuration Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Important If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the
217. etting information Printing Out Network Setting Information e You can change the security setting and the password using IJ Network Tool If you change the access point mode setting of the printer also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or a smartphone 211 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection 212 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information 213 Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection Change LAN SSID Communication mode Wireless LAN security IP address IPv4 IP address IPv6 TCP IP settings Enable disable IPv6 Enable disable WSD The default LAN inactive BJNPSETUP Infrastructure Disable Auto setup Auto setup IPv4 IPv6 Active Active a Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name XXXXXX iB4000series Security setting WPA2 PSK AES Serial number of the printer XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the printer 214 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the printer and t
218. etup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 323 Scaled Printing Festival ot The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance IEN Page Sre Letier 8 5x11 22280m 4 Orientation AJ Pora AJ Rotate 180 degrees GPP Pieter Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Scaled D 5 a a 5 Pian Paper Nomasize Ftto Page Page Layout Ting Poster Leter 85 11 22280m 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged 324 Letter 8 5 11 22280m Quek Setup Man Page Sep Martenance A OLangecepe EN Pope Sie Onertation A Porat a 5 8 a g Nomasize FttoPage Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster lt C Duper Pertra J Ahomatic Long side stapling Lefi H 01 99 A i gy EZ Port trom Last Page Vi Cate Pact Options Stamp Background Oefauts ok Cwe
219. ework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Additional Features Displays the frequently used convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed a description of that function is displayed To enable a function check the corresponding check box For some functions you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs Important Depending on the printing profiles certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them 2 on 1 Printing Prints two pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order 397 4 on 1 Printing Prints four pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper To change the staple side or the margins set the new values from the Page Setup tab Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your docu
220. f a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Heh aj eames Pian Paper Ago Letter 85 11 22280m OF m O lle C Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 372 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Ronderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK ror Magerta Yabu ptensty Cortrot Letter 85x11 22x25cm Some as Page Sre v Urge Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan Magenta Yellow gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3 Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed
221. f with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com weee 109 Korisnici u Srbiji M Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e da ima mogu e negati
222. for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer as the following a message is displayed on the LCD e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size B5 Media type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the printer Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper Size type of paper 2111 0K Select option Action Pressing the printer s OK button the following screen is displayed on the LCD Select option Use cass settings Select what to do as necessary Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Use cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is A4 the printer starts printing with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 561 Replace the paper Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette 1 For example when the paper setting for printing is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette 1 before you start printing The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the pa
223. for stapling and the margin width Click Specify and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK 332 ches 0012 Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check the check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is automatically printed first on one side of a sheet of paper and then on the opposite side When the printing is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab DJ Note The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing 333 Duplex Printing Travel Guide Travel Guide The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having
224. from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 187 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 188 Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off the paper source during printing differs from the driver settings or printing fails The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab Page Layout Noenalsine a F 5H 3 a a Pian Paper Nomasize fFtioPage Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster Leter 85x11 22 28am lt gt l V Actoratically reduce large document that the parter cannot output Longda stapling Left 2 1 0 3 gij Pert iom Lart Page V Collate oe Cancel s oy Help The Print Options dialog box opens lisse ICM reared foe the application software Daable the col profile setting of the appbcaten software C Disable the naper source setting of the appbcaton software C Ungroup Papers C Og net allow appicaton software to compress pert data C Prine aher creating pert data by page Prevention of Print Data Loss oF Una of Port Dats Processing
225. g With the Print Head and ink tanks installed Print Head Ink Total 4352 nozzles BK 1280 nozzles C M Y 512 x 6 nozzles 298 Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wired LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 3u 100BASE TX IEEE802 3 10BASE T Transfer speed 10 M 100 Mbps auto switching Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Printer driver only Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 XPS driver is not supported Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Hard Disk Space 2 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk
226. g a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Make sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosin
227. g a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Pages Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet Page Order Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Tiling Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like 411 Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x h
228. g data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Important If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer 33 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for
229. g is Disable Printer is offline is displayed 39 Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically 193 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window Quiet Settings 2 Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the
230. g that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive 281 R e e e e e o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication MAC Address Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 Operation Status Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network 282 S e e e e e e Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN
231. ge data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 7 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and Registering Some Background Settings 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Select the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box Then from the list select the title of the background you want to change 2 Click Select Background 345 The Background Settings dialog box opens 3 Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the background with a different title enter a new title in the Title
232. ge eeeh E EEEE esses deeper S EEEE TT 612 Sf ee eee eee ee EPE ee ee re ee ee ee ee ee T EE ee ee 613 oe eee eee ree ee ee ee ee Tee ee ee ee were ee re ee ee ee eee ee eer 614 PU cet A A EA EEE EEA E eeee se ee sace Sahar ghee se tecesaseeses 615 fe ee eee ee ere eee ee ee Te eee eee er ee E re ere ee 616 Cis 98 oO 6S hp Ss 4 8a en ge Bee 4 Ge ee eo ee 8 9 617 ff eee ee Ce ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ser ee ee ee eee 618 ep re ee ey re ee E eee ee eee ee eee ee ee re ee ee 619 o oo eT ee ee eee ee eT ee Tere oe ee eee eT eT ee eT ee ee ee Tee 620 fe eee ee ey ee ee ee re ee eee ee ee 621 C1 EE ee een ee ee eS ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ae 622 E O ee eee eee eee ek ee ee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee are eer eer ee eee ee ee ee 623 oS ee ee ee eee eee ee eee ee re ee eee ee 624 E ee ee ere ee eee ee eo eee eee eee re ee ee eee eee ee 625 PoUL 2c2gSbicuGeb tenes cedoewiaseeGeeetees sate essatereseececnseaeteius 626 BSU se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 627 i MTE ee eee ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee eee TE eee ee ee eee ee E 628 Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclos
233. gging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below gt Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord before the POWER lamp is turned off may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced 1 Press the ON button to turn the printer off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off ofo 3 Unplug the power cord F The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 123 LCD and Operation Panel Pressing the Setup button A on the operation panel shows the Setup menu screen to select various functions or settings Selecting a Menu or Setting Item On the menu screen or settings screen use the or button B to select an item or option then press the OK button C to proceed with the procedure To return to the previous screen press the Back button D Example Changing the automatic paper source switching setting for the cassettes EEE Y BK C M Press the Setup button A in the standby screen Setup menu Wireless LAN setup Use the or button B to select Device settings Setup menu Device settings Press the OK button C Device settings Output settings Use the or button B to select Cassette settings Device settinas a Cassette settings Press the OK button C Cassette
234. gs other than the administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool back to the default Setting data Reverts the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default e Device info sending Reverts only the device information sending settings All data Reverts all settings you made to the printer back to the default The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting DJ Note e You cannot change the following setting items back to the default e The language displayed on the LCD The current position of the print head 206 About Quiet setting Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed 3 Use the A gt button to select Quiet setting then press the OK button 4 Use the A gt button to select ON then press the OK button The LCD returns to the Setup menu screen You can reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress Important e Operating speed may be reduced compared to when OFF is selected e This function may not be so effective depending on the printer s setting Furthermore certain noise such as when the printer is preparing for printing is not reduced DJ Note e You can set the quiet mode from the opera
235. he Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values factory settings Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted You can check the color adjustment 403 status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type Note The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked Sample Type Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab If necessary select a preview image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern check this check box Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a v
236. he PIN code 2 Access the URL and enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 3 Check if an e mail has been sent to the e mail address you entered 95 4 Access the URL provided in the e mail and complete the printer registration process Note e The e mail address that appears on the screen when you have finished registering is the e mail address that will be used just for the Print from E mail function For details about the registration procedure see here Printing from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 1 Prepare a file that you want to print The file format number of files and file size that this printing function supports are provided below Supported File Formats Adobe PDF files e JPEG files e doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files Important e Only files that are attached to e mail can be printed E mail messages cannot be printed Adobe PDF files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files that are encrypted password protected or set to print disabled cannot be printed e Files that are attached as compressed files cannot be printed e Files other than Adobe PDF files JPEG files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files cannot be printed Supported Number of Files and File Sizes Up to 10 attachment files can be printed The maximum size of an e mail with attachment files is 10 MB Note The size of an e mail is determined based on the size of the entire
237. he Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel printing Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing Change the paper settings then try printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the cassette paper information registered to the printer are different To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 564 2113 Cause The paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For details
238. he cassette 1 The procedure to loading paper in cassette 2 is also the same Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams DJ Note In the cassette 1 you can load all sizes of paper compatible with this printer plain paper photo paper envelopes etc e In the cassette 2 you can load A4 Letter and Legal sized plain paper e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper e For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer see Media Types You Can Use e For loading envelopes see Loading Envelopes 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it DJ Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduc
239. he computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the printer 215 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup When the printer is detected during setup you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen Select a printer with checking the MAC address or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information 216 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN or to change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the printer with USB connection perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method 217
240. he documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes 436 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress The monitor uses graphics icons and messages to let you know the printer status Option ink Oetaits Help Printing fron the cassette 1 Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon lJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages You can check the status of the printer on the screen The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time You can check the printing progress of each printing document print job Error types and solutions are shown on the screen Shown when a printer error occurs You can immediately check how to respond You can check the ink status This function displays graphics showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low ink level warning Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and solution Follow the ins
241. he power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 579 5204 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 580 5205 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 581 5206 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 582 5207 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 583 5208 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not re
242. he printer e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 536 1303 Cause Paper is jammed inside the rear cover Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover remove the paper following the procedure below Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Rotate the printer so that the rear side of the printer faces toward you cs 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open the rear cover Slide the rear cover to the left then open it E 4 Pull out the paper slowly 537 Note Do not touch the inner parts of the printer e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the printer 6 Reload the paper then press the printe
243. he printer Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the printer and the computer in the same room or floor GS Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible 455 Q Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings A When you replace an access point perform network setup of the printer again Perform network setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point A Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruct
244. he printer and then print using the printer s operation panel 1 Check that the printer is connected to the network Important e This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection 2 On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register w service 3 Follow the instructions on the screen and print the printer registration URL and PIN code Important e Do not turn off the power on the printer until the registration process is completed Access the printed URL and log in within 25 minutes e If you canceled the registration before it is completed repeat the procedure from printing the registration information Access the Printed URL and Enter the Owner s E mail Address and Other Required Information Next enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 1 Access the printed URL by using the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer and select Log In 2 In the use agreement window select Agree D Important e If you do not select Agree in the use agreement window you will not able to register as the printer owner 3 Enter the printer owner s e mail address and select Next Important e An e mail is sent with the required information for completing the registration to the e mail address entered for the printer s owner 99 e If domain specific rece
245. he shared settings again in the client system If the same driver installed on the print server is also installed on the client the network printer icon may be created automatically If an error occurs when you print a document on a shared printer from a client the error message of the Canon IJ status monitor is displayed on both the client and the print server If a document is printed out normally the Canon IJ status monitor is displayed only on the client 306 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings 307 Printing Printing from a Computer Paper setting for Printing 308 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Drive
246. hether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex Printing check box is checked To perform duplex printing automatically check this check box To perform duplex printing manually uncheck this check box Print Area Setup Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic duplex printing Stapling Side Selects the stapling margin position The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best stapling margin position Check Stapling Side and select from the list to change it Specify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order starting from the first page Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies Uncheck this check bo
247. i Protected Setup WPS push button method Follow the on screen instructions during setup o Other setup WPS PIN code Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS PIN code method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Cableless setup Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a device such as a smartphone without operating the access point Follow the on screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure Print LAN details You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID For more information on the printer s network setting is printed out refer to Printing Out Network Setting Information Other settings Important e You cannot select the items below when LAN inactive is selected for Change LAN o TCP IP settings Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting o WSD setting Setting items when you use WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista Enable disable WSD Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled 201 o o o DJ Note e When this setting is enabled the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Bonjour settings Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for M
248. ializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool activate the LAN settings in advance Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK 1 Drive Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive 2 Update Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer My Computer in Windows XP and displays them in the Drive list Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen Display when the network setup of the card slot is failed 271 Communication with the Card Slot fated Please refer to the Instructions then cick Retry 1 Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot 2 Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re executes the network drive mapping 3 Cancel Cancels the card slot setup When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked 272 Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver Select the printer for which you want to change the association then click OK 3J Note e You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Available Canon m3 Avaliable Canon
249. ice and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window Wired Connection Connect the printer and a hub or router with an Ethernet cable Prepare an Ethernet cable USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable 29 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 Make sure that the scree
250. iffers depending on the application software to be used 364 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction Calor Correction KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness 365 Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 366 Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a sp
251. ils to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Og Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem Note e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or deep cleaning Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines 420 Align the print head immediately after installing the print head When you click Print Head Alignment the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print Print a nozzle check pattern and check whether the print head is working properly If the print result for a specific color is fainted or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern click Initial Check Items Print Check P
252. ing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 432 Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hid
253. ing the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps e IEEE 802 119 International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b e IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g Infrastructure Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point e IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically e IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character strin
254. ing to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Search screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the printer and the computer Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number 472 Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This printer supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 473 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Q The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup A The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer which has already been set up to use via a network i A password has been set to this pri
255. inistrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the printer driver is complete Important e Printer driver and XPS printer driver will be deleted when you uninstall the Printer Driver 442 Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications Log on as a user who has the administrator account Important e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 443 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver and XPS printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Turn off the printer 2 Start the installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts J Important e In Windows 8
256. ink tank eject lever B The ink tank will be ejected When you want to replace another ink tank press the OK button to select OK Next and display the screen for the ink tank to replace 3 Important e Place the removed ink tank into a plastic bag immediately after removing from the printer Otherwise ink residue may stain your clothes or the surrounding area Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables e Handle the ink tanks carefully Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to them 152 3 Remove the ink tank from the package 3 Important Do not touch the contact C and joint D of the ink tank 4 Insert a new ink tank aligning it with the installation guide E of the printer 153 3 Important e You cannot insert the ink tank in the wrong position Check the label under the installation position then install the ink tank in the correct position 5 Push the ink tank until it snaps firmly into place 6 Press the OK button to select OK Exit If OK Next is displayed on the screen it means there is another ink tank that can be replaced If you want to replace this ink tank press the OK button and then repeat procedures from step 2 To exit the ink tank replacement press the OK button until OK Exit is displayed on the screen The print head holder moves to the standby position
257. int head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 161 When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the printer Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 162 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note e When the ink has run out during printing the nozzle check pattern the error message will appear on the LCD A Message Is Displayed You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 1 After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Size A4 Type Plain paper Important The cassette 2 is not available for the nozzle check pattern print procedure Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support 4 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel 5 Use the 4 or
258. int head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 1 Important e The cassette 2 is not available for the nozzle check pattern printing Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result When the pr
259. int result If lines are misaligned with manual duplex printing perform automatic duplex printing 495 Q Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially A Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced 496 Q Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially A Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced 497 Q Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Prin
260. int result is normal click Exit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head 178 Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 179 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette 180 Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the printer as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer 181 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed roller Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when
261. inter select the Multiuser mode check box Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears 61 Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 2 Manage users button When you select the Manage users button the Manage users screen appears Bee Ung printer Ee Manage user User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change th
262. inter receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print E New tab New window tri New incognite window Bookmarks Edit Cut Copy Paste Zoom w Print Save page as Find t Total 1 sheet of paper ce Tools gt History bh Destination Downloads t Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help Exit When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically DJ Note e Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer s status such as when the printer is being operated or an err
263. ion The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal sized printing You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit to Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet for Page Layout If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Page Layout Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing Normal size This is the normal printing method Select this when you do not specify any page layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged o
264. ion Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 249 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed Check the authentication type and click Next Authertication Type 1 Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase 250 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method Enter the passphrase check the dynamic encryption type end then click Nad 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 251 Setup Information Confirmation Screen gt N
265. ion manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the printer are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPA2 key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the printer matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the authentication method must match among the printer the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point gt How to Set an Encryption Key 456 Q When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point A If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the printer Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point 457 Cannot
266. ion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To end the printing select Apps and return to the Apps list screen To continue printing select Continue and repeat the procedure from step 3 Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 70 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 Print the registration information from the printer to be added 2 From the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer access the authentication site URL Cilia biti http cs c ij com join ner repertion ts Cn pent rary fe etre tpn gone AF amamen o ie Os erertne if epee en tae be peered whe ae OO AA mm Repel Ot TN Pa ee Meet O eee lt he Baan teang mone 3 Select Add printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 4 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK 5 Enter your Printer registration ID and select OK 71 Add printer Add a printer Enter the printer registration
267. ion that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box 398 Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Paper Source Select the source from which paper is supplied Cassette Auto Select Based on the paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information registered on the printer the printer automatically determines which cassette to use and feeds paper from that cassette Cassette 1 Paper is fed from the cassette 1 Cassette 2 Paper is fed from the cassette 2 Important e Depending on the media type and size the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value fro
268. ions 103 Pining wih WIndows Fl acre ee ke eee ee eek dads eee eee Oe eee Keke 104 Overview of the Printer 0 0 00 00 eee eens 105 ey UNG ca E wis bs bape eect Peek 6d Cees S E asad eeees en 106 Safely PrecaulonS esia daeds athe te dee Ghs MASOOS TEED DEEDES Mod Deed ER DAREOASRESES 107 Regulatory and Safety INONMA ices od eadt oad akaga seeded we soos dadsceead 108 Main Components and Basic Operations 0000 0c eee eee eee eee 112 Man Ss CUMMINS ES ain nuan inca ihe ta dae th see es Bs a cd aa hh eS el 113 Font VIEW coed a hed Gee Cee LIE ae FOES Se Ob E See Caen eee eee 114 Real VIEW aiid iendeiled a aaa ened ins deat veel tetas dhe eae eas 115 INS VIEW 6 raise hee OS hee Ce d See Aeeeee oaks dee wee chad vege gee daawee ee 116 Operation Panel sx io nwa aoa nah he aad of cane beta a E aes ee eee 117 About the Power Supply Of the Printer 2p0 cep neee eed ee beep ee eee kai aiie HEWES es 118 Confirming thatthe Power Is OMh o c40 4 seas dee ea sees ah ee GU ahd ee Bawa eee 119 Teming the Printer On and OR 26 3 4260c4 irrtenedadads eee neta ae meade amp don damm 120 Notice for ihe Power Plug Power Cord 4 05 ccsditetvar anama wonaahvadoana cede gua 122 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cond a0cieeiws eae deere eee Pere eee ee be 123 LOD and Operation Panelss d 4 ccateacc sk Whe stem es bAgew dais a a a a a daa d die eke 124 Loading Papei 6 ocho sewer tt Gbbededisdeeted siete sheep hetesataresened 126
269. ions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide you
270. ions elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to Y
271. is connected and the printer or the network device is turned off Turn on the printer or the network device After turning on the printer or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the printer or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the printer is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the LAN cable is connected and the printer and the network device are turned on If the printer could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the printer and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 465 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 A Are the computer and the router configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication After that configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view web
272. is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 196 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD Changing the Printer Settings on the LCD gt Output settings LAN settings Dev user settings Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting About Quiet setting gt Turning on off the Printer Automatically v Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode 197 Changing the Printer Settings on the LCD This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen taking the steps to specify Prevent abrasion as an example Note e The asterisk on the LCD indicates the current setting 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed Use the a button to select Device settings then press the OK button The Device settings screen is displayed Use the 4 button to select the setting item then press the OK button Device settings Output settings The setting screen for the selected item is displayed Use the a button to select the menu then press the OK button Output settings Prevent abrasion Use the 4 button to select a setting item
273. is fed from the cassette 2 Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab paper cannot be supplied from the cassette 2 When a paper size other than Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm Legal 8 5 x14 22x36cm or A4 is selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab paper cannot be supplied from the cassette 2 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data Note e If the paper settings on the printer driver differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 352 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information You can display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on
274. is not resolved contact the service center 603 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 604 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 605 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 606 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 607 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 608 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer
275. is printer Commercially available papers Cassette paper information registered on the printer Plain Paper including recycled Plain Paper Plain paper paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Media name Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt Photo Paper Plus Glossy Il Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 501 GP 601 gt Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver printer High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper High Res 314 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size When you use this printer selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following paper sizes on this printer Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm Legal 8 5 x14 22x36cm C 315 Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Dup
276. isabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website 469 Q The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN A Make sure that the printer is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive LAN settings Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router 470 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network gt How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default 471 Forgot an Access Point
277. isplay correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region 40 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 41 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information Print registration information from the printer l 1 On the printer operation panel select the Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Register w service 2 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Regj lt Yes gt No 3 In the print settings select the display language Language to print English gt 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed Note e You will use this printed page in the next step 42 Canon Inkjet Goud Printing Center Uver eeghtration te saa Came inkjet Chesed Mining Comes pas sted be ropie Pwr grater Pamer tent Acce te Li baier Mere a DODO Om a
278. isplay the creation date time and user name of the printed document The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type When Stamp Type is Text or Date Time User Name Stamp Text Specifies the stamp text string Up to 64 characters can be entered For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text Important Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date Time User Name is selected 416 TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string If a large font size is selected for Size characters may extend outside of the stamp border Color Select Color Shows the current color for the stamp To select a different color click Select Color to open the Color dialog box and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp When Stamp Type is Bitmap File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to make white
279. item DJ Note e When you re install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirmation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted 191 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Power Off 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again A Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power On function automatical
280. ize 1 Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup 2 Status Not set 1 Setting Initialization Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 2 Network Setup of the Card Slot 1 Note e This item is not available depending on the printer you are using Status displays whether the card slot is mapped as a network drive When you click the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen 270 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen D gt Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after init
281. k Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head 160 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below DJ Note e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the printer Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the printer Cleaning the Print Head From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the printer Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Note e When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the pr
282. l and then IJ Network Tool Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 223 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 9 gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed Wireless LAN Admin Password v Network Type rtrestructure SSID ii Encryption M
283. l size Fit to Page Scaled and Page Layout 319 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list Letter 5 K11 22280m A Pora A O Langetpe C Retate 180 degrees Same as Page Sre Page Layout Noenasleine 3 j J a a Nomasize FttoPage Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster Pian Paper Leter 8 511 22280m lt gt V Automatically reduce large documert that the panter cannot output Ouples Parting J Atomic Stapiing Sde Long sde saping Lefi v ons i 1 ii gy Z Part tom Lart Page V Collate oc coos too 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 320 Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when e Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for P
284. layout depending on your document Apply the print setting specified with the application software if the software has a enlarge reduce printing function 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Check the Duplex Printing check box in the Page Setup sheet 3 Click Print Area Setup then select Use reduced printing 492 Q No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred ABCD Colors Are Wrong 493 White Streaks A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out Replacing an Ink Tank GSE Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resol
285. lbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not displayed Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer Install the latest Easy WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website Note If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer a message asking you to install it may be displayed on the notification area on the desktop Click the message then follow the instructions on the computer screen to install Easy WebPrint EX e While the installation or download Easy WebPrint EX is in progress it is necessary to access the Internet Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not selected Easy WebPrint EX is disabled Select Canon Easy WebPrint EX to enable it 519 Q How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment A Download the latest printer driver in advance To obtain the latest printer driver access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model After uninstalling the printer driver install the latest printer driver according to the regular procedure When the connection method selection screen is displayed select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use The printer will be detected automatically in the network After making sure that the printer is detec
286. lex Printing gt gt gt Stamp Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 316 Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab When you are not able to specify them with the application software the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab Letier 5 x11 22280m A Pora A Langecape __ Rotate 180 degrees Page Layout Noenaleine m FEI 5 2 2 Nomalsize Feto Page Sosied Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt Mi Automatically reduce large documert that the panter cannet output 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to pe
287. list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Goordinated UniversaliTime M 6 Enter the Security code and select Done 47 A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 48 Printing Your Printer registration ID To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you will need a Printer registration ID From the operation panel of this printer print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet J Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Inter
288. lled 550 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank 551 1688 Cause The ink has run out Action Replace the ink tank and close the front cover Printing under the current condition may damage the machine If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled 552 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 553 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 554 1754 Cause The ink tank is not installed properly Action Open the front cover Then push the ink tank After installing the ink tank properly
289. lt For details on the auto power on feature see below From the printer Turning on off the Printer Automatically From the computer Managing the Printer Power Turning off the printer 1 Press the ON button to turn off the printer When the POWER lamp stops flashing the printer is turned off 3 Important e When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off 120 Note e You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval This is the default setting For details on the auto power off feature see below From the printer Turning on off the Printer Automatically From the computer Managing the Printer Power 121 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock 122 Notice for Unplu
290. ly OSE Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl 544 1007 Cause Possible causes include the following e There is no paper in the cassette 1 e Paper is not loaded in the cassette 1 properly Action Take the corresponding actions below Load paper in the cassette 1 Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette 1 After carrying out the above measures press the OK button to dismiss the error D gt Note The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source A4 Letter or Legal sized plain paper can be loaded in both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 e If you want to cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 545 1008 Cause Possible causes include the following e There is no paper in the cassette 2 Paper is not loaded in the cassette 2 properly Action Take the corresponding actions below Load paper in the cassette 2 Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette 2 After carrying out the above measures press the OK button to dismiss the error Important The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source The loadable paper in the cassette 2 is A4 Letter or Legal sized plain paper Note e If you want to cancel printing press the printer s Stop button 546 1200 Cause The front cover is open Action Close the front cover an
291. ly turns on the printer when data is received The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings 192 Click OK When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Note When the printer is turned off the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting When the setting is Enable Printer is standing by is displayed When the settin
292. m 1 to 999 Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution Important e If you log on with a different user name the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings e If a setting was specified on the application software it has priority Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to their default values factory settings Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab 399 Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save Up to 255 characters can be entered The name appears with
293. m a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT 22 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The printer supports access point mode in which you can connect to the printer wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy printing wirelessly When you use the printer with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point name of the printer and the security setting in advance Using the Printer with the Access Point Mode 23 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via Easy PhotoPrint Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with Easy PhotoPrint To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice 24 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Appli
294. m being inserted when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing From the Document Name list select the documents to be combined On the Edit menu select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence To select multiple print documents hold down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Document from Documents and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence To change the sequence of the print pages click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Page from Pages and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence Deleting print documents and print pages To delete a print document select the target document from the Document Name list and on the Edit menu choose Documents an
295. m setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website 476 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Q Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer A To check the IP address or the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information using the operation panel of the printer Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Q Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer A To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Enter ipconfig all and press the Enter key The IP addresses and the MAC addresses of the network devices installed on your com
296. mation Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM ar series Multiuser mode Copy apps This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Multiuser mode If multiple users are using the printer select the Multiuser mode check box Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 53 e Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note e Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Manage users screen t Manage u
297. ment Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Color Intensity Manual Adjustment Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting and the document is printed with no scaling When you set 2 on 1 Printing or 4 on 1 Printing in Additional Features you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientat
298. mes in contact with the printed area 294 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer When relocating the printer make sure of the following D Important Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport Always transport the printer with ink tanks installed If you transport the printer without ink tanks ink in the print head may leak With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying After packing do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the printer with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE Turn the printer off Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord Important Do not unplug the printer while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer making the printer unable to print Remove the cassettes from the printer then shorten it until the retraction position after removing paper Paper Sources to Load Paper Close the paper outp
299. mportant e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable e When Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page Size on the Page Setup tab e Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm A4 After printing the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab 336 Related Topic Changing the Printer Operation Mode 337 Stamp Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page
300. n ara areata 201 Other Screens of IJ Network Tool pias ea Gog ik oe es ei gt oh EP E alta psa aie AEE ea ae 262 Canon IJ Network Tool SOMeGNi isd ada sc eee ad ed ead dak ah Ae eee aided 263 Statis SEEE esasda cae Bae eee NGS a ECE ede echa eee ed aE 267 Connection Performance Measurement Screen 2000 00 cece eee eee eee 268 Maintenance SCN cs ccv ee eevade ew aeetia rirun Yew Hw eee ee TORPE EEEE EEEE 270 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen a an sa ee de nanona a ee 271 Associate Porn SCPC occ ccs acneens ean seer RAAE NEBA ee ee ee eee 273 Network Information Sreem 225 euas r enre ede eee Baked di wade a E aed Geae aa 274 Appendix for Network Communication a asaan seek e ede chee Peed be ee eda keene 275 Using the Card Slot over a NetWofk csoc caciirssaiiai inada ea head Bde ae 276 When the Printer Driver l5 Not Associated with a POM s rcccisissroci cria issessdaiinrss 278 ADOUL Toenmeal TOMS serres sneen EN EEA EREE Roa cca aul 279 RESINGUONG 25 44ecGy adeeb ue EGER n E AE a a EE a e A E a E RE ES 286 PD PEN ints d 2 ara ea Ad aa ace aba oh dk dro eed ed dk ams ek aOR A Bid Na eda dea oad Gaba ded 287 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality a2 ccse sc ec eed eGo bo oee kk be Peeve wh ees 288 Useful information abut ss oaceti tds dace tehuald Pa a dda dem eta bd dle taal died ewes ded 289 Key Points to Successful Printing TETIT LGR TTE TPPP E TERETE TITE TTE 290 Be Sure to
301. n For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10409 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver
302. n is displayed in Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link and click Remeasurement Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depen
303. n With this menu you can perform printer maintenance and change printer settings 117 About the Power Supply of the Printer gt Confirming that the Power Is On gt Turning the Printer On and Off Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 118 Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the printer is turned on Even if the LCD is off if the POWER lamp is lit the printer is on Note It takes about 10 seconds until you can operate the printer after you turn on its power Wait until the standby screen is displayed on the LCD e The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 5 minutes To restore the display press any button except the ON button on the operation panel or perform the print operation 119 Turning the Printer On and Off Turning on the printer 1 Press the ON button to turn on the printer The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It takes about 10 seconds until you can operate the printer after you turn on its power Wait until the standby screen is displayed on the LCD e If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the LCD see A Message Is Displayed e You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network This feature is set to off by defau
304. n below is displayed If another screen is displayed press the Setup button A on the printer 2 Press the Setup button 3 Use the or P button B to select Device settings then press the OK button 4 Select LAN settings then press the OK button Device settings Output settings v Device settings 4 LAN settings r 5 Select Change LAN then press the OK button LAN settings Change LAN r 6 Select AP mode active then press the OK button Change LAN 4 LAN inactive 30 Change LAN AP mode active i 7 Select SSID then press the OK button Access point mode Start setup r t Access point mode 4 SSID r 8 Check SSID information in the printer screen then press the Back C You will use the SSID information in the subsequent steps SSID information C 9 Select Security protocol then press the OK button Access point mode 4 SSID r Access point mode a Security protocol i 10 Check the Password network key then press the Back button You will use the Password network key in the subsequent steps Password 11 Select Start setup then press the OK button Access point mode a Security protocol Access point mode Start setup r ig 12 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks 31 Ch
305. n individual password The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters Records of use Displays a record of your printer usage such as the number of pages printed Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information 93 Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual 94 How to Use Print from E mail By using Print from E mail you can easily print a photo or document saved on your smartphone tablet or computer just by attaching it to an e mail You can print simply from outside like a travel destination Also your family or friends can print by registering beforehand You can use Print from E mail on any Canon printer that supports the service 3xxonp 0 i 00m M Checking Your Environment First check your environment e Network environment This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection gt Important e The user will bear the cost of Internet access e This function may not be available in some countries regions Depending on your printer model this function may not be available Preparing to use Print from E mail To use Print from E mail you need to register the printer by entering information about the printer s owner 1 Print the printer registration page s URL and t
306. n is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WEP settings WEP Key 1 v Kay Length Key Format 3 Key D 4 5 Atherticaton Ato inetyuctions D Note When changing the password WEP key of the printer the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format oS a Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key 248 WPA WPA2 Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA WPA2 settings The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The curtert sellings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encrypt
307. n tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Ago Leter 8 5711 22280m si Boe C Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 376 ABCDEF 1234567 Seergle Tygo Randerd v C Yew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 377 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 5711 2228on The Manual
308. n the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced GL Restart your computer 483 Q Paper Jams A When paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen Paper is jammed behind the frot cover For detais about how to clear the error refer to the manual 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the jammed paper 3 Ocse the front cover and Move tha part head holder dowly wth both hands prese the printers OK button F the paper is jammed in the back on ether the left or ngt Sde dowly pul the paper When toward the center and printer do not touch the remove niema pats User s Manual When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD Paper jammed Remove the paper f 1300 For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 3J Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search 484 Q Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs A G Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper e When lo
309. nd the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 15 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document
310. nd then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 85 11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 380 After adjusting each color click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sargie Tyge Rarderd C Yew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 381 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity contrast When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the
311. ne setting when the date time information is displayed 5 In the Printer Registration window enter the Printer Name and select Confirm Enter any name that will allow you to identify the printer Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 100 6 In the Confirm Owner Registration window check the registration information and select Register A temporary password will be displayed Important e The temporary password that appears is not included in the notification e mail Be sure to write down the temporary password before closing the screen Check if an E mail Has Been Sent to the E mail Address You Entered A URL is notified to complete the registration to the e mail address that for the registered printer s owner Access the URL in the E mail and Complete the Printer Registration 1 Access the URL provided in the e mail Important e You have to complete the registration within 30 minutes 2 Enter the registered e mail address of the printer s owner the temporary password and select Log In 3 Set a password of your choice and select Register When the password setting process is completed the printer s e mail address and the service s URL are displayed and the printer s registration process is completed Important When you enter the password the following character restrictions apply Set a password that has 8 or more characters The characters
312. ne supports WPA2 PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value 284 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software 285 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 286 About Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network Precautions When a Firewall Function is Enabled A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer This may disable printer setup and communications During the printer setup you may be prompted to enable or disable communications de
313. necessary You need to prepare three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the 4 or button to select Roller cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance Roller cleaning 4 Remove any paper from the cassette Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the printer press the OK button 5 Use the 4 or button to select the paper source to clean Cassette 1 or Cassette 2 then press the OK button Select cassette Cassette 1 The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned 6 Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating then load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the paper source you selected in step 5 After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Size A4 Type Plain paper 7 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support 8 Press the OK button again The printer starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected 9 Press the Back button to exit 182 If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the ser
314. net l 2 On the printer operation panel select the Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Register w service 3 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Regj 2 lt ves gt Mo 4 In the print settings select the display language Language to print 4 English 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important e The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes 49 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for a
315. ng Center are displayed by category xt series Regstered Search apps All Latest Photography xt series Productivity Registered Search apps Creativity Picasa Web Albums CANON INC i Cards Crafis Fis Apps Facebook CANON INC i Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select Ol the details of the app are displayed When you select onmp Tori you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does 58 not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng print e Manage users 7 User information instructions Log cut
316. nging the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 562 2112 Cause The paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the printer Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer as the following a message is displayed on the LCD e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the printer Paper size Legal Media type Plain paper Size type of paper 2112 OK Select option Action Pressing the printer s OK button the following screen is displayed on the LCD Select option Use cass settings Select what to do as necessary Note
317. ngs made on the Booklet Printing dialog box You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet Margin for stapling Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line 412 Print Area Setup dialog box When you perform duplex printing the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed the document may not fit on one page This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document fits in one page Use normal size printing Prints the document pages without reducing them This is the default setting Use reduced printing Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does n
318. nits and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances 414 Note e Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data Depending on the application software being used the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly In such cases select On If you will not be using this function select Off Important e When using this function the print quality may drop depending on the print data Unit of Print Data Processing Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer Select Recommended under normal circumstances J Important A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings Do not change the setting
319. nkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed a confirmation screen asking for permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month for about ten years Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below 527 Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Inforrration related to Canon inkjet printer scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Device driver and application software usage logs 2 Inforrration related to Canon inkjet printer fax Printer s ID number installation date and time ink use information number of sheets printed and maintenance information If your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent In this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the infremation that ic cant th ne wa are unable tn idantifv enarifir rectomarc If you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree If you wish to uninstall this program click Uninstall This will uni
320. not use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone tablet or computer 80 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in 81 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Jne account All of Google A vZ Stay signed in Need help The screen above may
321. not operate Preview before printing on the Main tab o Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab o Page Layout Tiling Poster Booklet Duplex Printing Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab o gt Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software This may solve the problem Note Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation o When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them When Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Se
322. not resolved contact the service center 592 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 593 6502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 594 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 595 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 596 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 597 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and
323. nstall the program and no further survey will be made W Uninstall Do not agree If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again 3 Note e When the information is being sent a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed In this case confirm that the program name is IJPLMUI exe then allow it e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing the confirmation screen setting If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program click Uninstall then follow the on screen instructions Changing the confirmation screen setting 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or
324. nt All Documents Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview Save Print History Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations Select 10 Entries 30 Entries or 100 Entries 429 Important e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the EX Undo on the toolbar Documents Selects the method for editing print documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their
325. nt Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images gt Specifications 105 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information 106 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Place the machine with its back in a location that is more than 2 inches 5 cm away from the wall e e e Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s w
326. nt from a Computer Connected to the Network A G4 Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer eile If the printer driver is not installed install it Install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website When using wireless LAN make sure that access control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer D Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer 453 Q Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer A Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 454 Q Printing Speed Is Slow A The printer may be printing out a large job issued from another computer When using wireless LAN make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and t
327. nter Enter the admin password and then cick OK Admin Password Enter the administrator password you have set D gt Note e An administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Q The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen A This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Q You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed A 474 Security is not configured on the access point The printer can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 475 Q The Administrator Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten A Initialize the printer settings Select All data then the administrator password reverts to the default Reset setting After initializing the printer settings perfor
328. nter Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using 88 5 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed 6 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 7 For Duplex Printing click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 8 Tap the Print When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set
329. nting is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs e To set by using the operation panel Press the Setup button then select Device settings and Output settings in this order then set Prevent abrasion to ON Changing the Printer Settings on the LCD To set by using your computer Open the printer driver setup window and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click OK To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again 500 If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Main sheet select Manual for Color Intensity and then click Set 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the paper feed roller dirty Cl
330. ollate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together Print from Last Page i Collate Print from Last Page i Collate 5 318 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printing is selected Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set Note By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Norma
331. on the cassette paper information registering to the printer Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing are different from the cassette paper information registered to the printer as the following a message is displayed on the LCD e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the printer Paper size Legal Media type Plain paper Size or type of loat 2113 0K Select option Action Pressing the printer s OK button the following screen is displayed on the LCD Select option Use cass settings Select what to do as necessary Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Use cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 without changing the paper settings 565 For example when the paper setting for printing is A4 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is Legal the printer starts printing with A4 on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 Replace the paper Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 For example when the paper setting for printing is A4 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is Legal you load A4
332. or has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about 85 the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting e The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the printer cannot receive the print data or you want to start printing immediately you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually Follow the steps below Important e Depending on your printer model this function may not be available 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the operation panel select the Setup button 3 Select Web service inq
333. or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default 110 Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycl
334. orizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins Specifies whether to print the words Cut and Paste in the margins These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the words Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Print Cut Paste lines in margins Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range DJ Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet Printing only on one side and printing a page border can also be set in this dialog box The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the setti
335. ot fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Disable ICM required from the application software Disables the ICM function required from the application software When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease If these problems occur checking this check box may resolve the problems Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances e This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box DJ Note Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver the print result may contain unexpected colors If this happens checking this check box may resolve the problem 413 Important e Even when this ch
336. ote e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays the settings used for client authentication Confirm the settings and click Finish Check the settings for chert authentication and then cick Frish 252 Wired LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection To display the Wired LAN sheet click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wied LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 253 Admin Password Sheet Set a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation To display the Admin Password sheet click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this featur
337. ou a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the
338. ouch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 629
339. pages Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 466 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 A Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer Press the Setup button then select Device settings and LAN settings in this order then select Wired LAN active for Change LAN The icon is displayed on the LCD See C poke SSG FE a 467 Q The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN A Make sure that the printer is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to LAN inactive When the printer is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the printer setup is completed If not perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the printer again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen When searching for a printer over a network make sure that the printer is associated with the port When No Driver is displayed under Name in IJ Network Tool there is no association Select Associate Port on
340. paper 114 Rear View 1 rear cover Open when removing jammed paper 2 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 wired LAN connector Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN 4 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer 33 Important e Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while printing 115 Inside View 1 2 1 ink tank eject lever Push up when removing an ink tank 2 print head holder The print head is pre installed 3J Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank 116 Operation Panel All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes 1 2 3 1 LCD Liquid Crystal Display Displays messages menu items and the operational status 2 ON button Turns the power on or off Turning the Printer On and Off 3 POWER lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on 4 Stop button Cancels a print job in progress 5 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs 6 OK button Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item This button is also used to resolve an error 7 lt 4 and gt buttons Used to select a menu or setting item LCD and Operation Panel 8 Back button Returns the screen to the previous screen 9 Setup button Displays the Setup menu scree
341. pecification Me thot Single Address Specification n Instructions 1 Specification Method Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address es Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses 2 IP Address Enter the IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single Address Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 Start IP Address Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 End IP Address Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 J Note The Start IP Address must be a smaller value than the End IP Address 3 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer J Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 261 Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Me
342. peed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the printer operates properly but printing speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 509 Q Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection A Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver gt How to Open the Printer D
343. pending on the firewall function of the security software or operation system If so choose to enable communications When using IJ Network Tool you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software If so choose to enable communications If you cannot set up the printer temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system Important e If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings beforehand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the network This may disable printer setup and communications depending on the firewall settings In this case either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate J Note For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer 287 Tips for En
344. per and inserting the cassette 1 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the printer e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel printing Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing Change the paper settings then try printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the cassette paper information registered to the printer are different To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on To change the setting using the printer driver Cha
345. plex Printing Is Displayed e Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed e Writing Error Output Error Communication Error e Other Error Messages The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Q A Message Is Displayed on the LCD A Confirm the message and take an appropriate action e Cannot connect to the server try again You cannot connect to the server due to some communication error When you have tried to access a photo sharing site it is possible that your photos have been deleted Press the OK button to dismiss the error then try again after a while Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed A See Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing and take the appropriate action Q Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed A The power cord may have been unplugged while the printer was still on Check the error message that appears on the computer then click OK The printer starts printing 524 See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord Q Writing Error Output Error Communication Error A If the POWER lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the p
346. plug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 626 B503 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 627 B504 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 628 C000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands t
347. pr mp c ij com po In the Print Status screen click Go to Print History Screen and check the history of jobs that were sent You can check the error details 97 If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po Note e For a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take a few minutes before communication becomes possible Confirm that your printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service If You Cannot Register to the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to register with Print from E mail the registration to Print from E mail may not have been completed in time Select OK to release the error and start over again from the beginning e Check that the firmware version of the printer has been updated If You Do Not Receive the URL to Complete the Registration by E mail An incorrect e mail address may have been entered Wait about 30 minutes and operate the printer operation panel to print the printer registration URL and PIN code Then re register from the beginning If You Cannot Delete the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to connect to Print from E mail Only the information on the printer was deleted is displayed it could be that the registration information on the service could
348. printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed D gt Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 225 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings D gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must
349. ption is set change the setting so that mail can be received from info mp c ij com Note The e mail address of the printer owner cannot be changed once the printer owner is registered To change the e mail address delete the registration of the registered printer and re register the printer owner by using the new e mail address In this case all previously registered information will be deleted e The notification is sent automatically to the registered e mail address when the printing or service maintenance starts 4 In the Printer Owner Registration window enter the information shown below and click Next User Name Enter any name The name that you enter is displayed at login J Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 Language Select the language that you are using The language that you select is used in notification e mails such as print start notices Time Zone Refer to this section and select the standard time of the city that is nearest to the region where you live Date Time Display Format Select the format of your choice The format that you select is applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service Daylight Saving Time This setting is combined with the Time Zone setting and applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service When you select ON 1 hour is added to the Time Zo
350. ption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product e Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES o Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machi
351. puter are displayed When the network device is not connected to the network the IP address is not displayed Q Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate A To check that communication is available perform the ping test 477 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Type the ping command and the IP address of the target printer or the target access point and then press the Enter key ping XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device If the communication is available a message such as the following is displayed Reply from XXX XXX XXX XXX bytes 32 time 10ms TTL 255 When Request timed out is displayed the communication is not available Q Checking the Network Setting Information A To check the network setting information of the printer print out the network setting information using the operation panel of the printer Printing Out Network Setting Information 478 Q How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default A Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer and
352. r 309 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the Printer Driver 310 Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset Porter Paper Size Letter 35 11 22x23cm Onertation Potrat Pacer Source Cassette Auto Select gt 199 C Aways Brit wth Curent Setings 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard according to your purpose 311 3 Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Select the paper source Select Cassette Auto Select Cassette 1 or Cassette 2 that matches your purpose for Paper Source Porter Paper Size Latter
353. r and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 620 7205 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 621 7300 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 622 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Contact the service center 623 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Contact the service center 624 B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Contact the service center 625 B502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and un
354. r account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account information to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information o o o o It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At the latest it will be deleted o when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site e e Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity 35 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter refer
355. r reduced to be printed Specify the size in Printer Paper Size or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box Scaling Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print Page Layout Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper Specify Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on page layout printing Tiling Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter such as a poster Specify Opens the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on tiling poster printing Booklet The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center Specify Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on booklet printing 409 Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper Check this check box to print the document on both sides This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is selected Automatic Selects w
356. r s OK button If you turned off the printer all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 538 1313 Cause Paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the printer pulled in the printed paper Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the printer pulled in the printed paper remove the paper following the procedure below 3J Important If the printed paper piles up on the paper output slot the printer may pull it in and the paper is jammed inside the printer Remove the printed paper from the paper output tray before it amounts to 75 sheets Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Rotate the printer so that the rear side of the printer faces toward you rs 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open th
357. rayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN 240 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing
358. rayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN 264 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing
359. re is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab 170 When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning
360. red in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing 279 e e e e e Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is auth
361. red to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes 36 Use MAXIFY Cloud Link By using MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For su
362. register up to 500 members Print from E mail Troubleshooting The Document Does Not Print f You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service f You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired The Document Does Not Print If the document does not print check the following Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved Check that the printer is connected to the network Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN has an Internet connection Look at the printer LCD monitor and check that no error message is displayed If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your printer Check that the file attached to the e mail is an Adobe PDF file a JPEG file or a doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx file Check whether the e mail address of the send destination is correct To check the print address on the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register w service Check that the user s e mail address for using this service is registered If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https
363. reported in the e mail 5 Read the terms displayed in the License agreement and Privacy statement screens If you agree to the terms select Agree License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Alhan the Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Driusaau Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 6 In the user information entry screen enter
364. rform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation Note If Normal size is selected for Page Layout then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output is displayed Normally you can leave the check box checked During printing if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer uncheck the check box 317 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed Letter 8 5711 22280m Orientation A Pora A OC Landecape Rotate 180 degrees A Same as Page Sre Page Layout Nomaleize EI s l H 2 I a a Nomasize Fito Page Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster Pian Paper Letter 8 511 22280m lt gt E l V Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannot output a tH as V Part tom Lant Page V Cotate 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the C
365. rint server specify ntprint inf_xxxxxxxx in the folder that was shared in step 3 and click OK If there are multiples copies select the file with the latest update date and time If the print server is using the 32 bit version of Windows XP and the 64 bit driver is to be installed the installation may fail if the 32 bit inf file is not deleted from the driver package folder Restrictions on sharing and using a printer A print completion message may be displayed To disable the message display follow the procedure below o o o o o If you are using Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows Server 2012 R2 or Windows Server 2012 In the Devices and Printers window of the client system select the printer from Printers and click Print server properties on the command bar Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 In the Devices and Printers window of the client system select the printer from Printers and Faxes and click Print server properties on the command bar Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer If you are using Windows Vista In the Printers window of the client system press the Alt key and from the displayed File menu click Run as administrator gt Server Properties Uncheck Show informational notifica
366. rinted document page Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp DJ Note e You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver Stamp first page only Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only Background Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object bitmap behind the document Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list Select Background Opens the Background Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Background first page only Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the first page only Stamp Tab The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file bmp to be used for a stamp Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Stamp Type Specifies the stamp type Select Text to create a stamp with characters Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file Select Date Time User Name to d
367. rinter driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your printer s name 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of printer driver for the printer In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Printer properties In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX series icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the printer
368. rinter to switch the paper source automatically when a cassette runs out of paper Register paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette J Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Det paper mismatch If you select ON the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are the same as those registered in Register paper info If printing starts with the settings that do not match an error message is displayed on the LCD J Note When OFF is selected Detect reinsertion is disabled Detect reinsertion If you select ON the printer detects the cassette is reinserted When the Register paper info screen is displayed register the paper size and the media type Auto feed switch If you select ON the printer switches the paper source automatically when a cassette runs out of paper Load A4 Letter or Legal sized plain paper in both of the cassettes to activate this function 205 Reset setting Reverts all settings you made to the printer back to the default However some data may not be changed depending on the current usage state of your printer e Web service setup Reverts the Web service settings back to the default LAN settings Reverts the LAN settin
369. rinting Center operation Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 39 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important e On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not d
370. rinting from the computer Custom Settings dialog box When you click Custom Settings the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to enable this function Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the check box 424 Don t detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information registered on the printer do not match this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing To disable detection of paper setting mismatches select this check box Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page Moving the slider to
371. rinting quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose 402 Important e Depending on the Media Type settings the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Color Intensity Selects color adjustment method Auto Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast and so on are adjusted automatically Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc and Color Correction method Set Select Manual for Color Intensity to enable this button In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box you can adjust individual color settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab J Note If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important To use t
372. risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS Enter keywords in the sear
373. river Setup Window 510 Q LCD Cannot Be Seen At All A If the POWER lamp is off The printer is not powered on Connect the power cord and press the ON button If the POWER lamp is lit The LCD may be in the screen saver mode Press one of the buttons on the operation panel 511 Q An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD A Select the language you want to be displayed according to the following procedure 1 Press the Setup button then wait for about 5 seconds 2 Press the button once then press the OK button 3 Press the button twice then press the OK button 4 Press the OK button again 5 Use the A button to select the language for the LCD then press the OK button The desired language is displayed on the LCD 512 Q Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing A gt Important The print head holder moves to the position for replacing only when an ink tank runs out of ink If no ink tanks run out of ink the print head holder does not move even though you open the front cover Is the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The print head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the front cover and turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit and then open the front cover again Is an error message display
374. rk devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list 5 Delete Deletes the selected MAC address from the list When Selecting IP address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access 257 WrelessLAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Access Control Type IP Address y Enable printer socess controa P address Instructions 1 Enable printer access control IP address Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible IP Addresses Shows the registered IP addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP Addresses Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 4 Add
375. roduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example 67 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 68 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 a Sample01 Sampled2 S4 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 69 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job complet
376. rol Panel Performance and Maintenance System then click Device Manager on the Hardware sheet 2 Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed make sure that the printer is correctly connected to the computer We Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly 3 Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device If a device error is displayed refer to Windows help to resolve the error 526 Q Other Error Messages A If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor check the following Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Quit other running application softwares to increase available memory If you cannot print yet restart your computer and retry printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete Q The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed A If the I
377. rom the access point Place the printer near the access point temporarily then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the printer is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the printer cannot be detected the printer is not connected to the access point Connect the printer to the access point Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If the icon is displayed Go to check 4 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 462 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 A Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the printer and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon
378. rt bom Last Page Fc ime A Pora AJ Langecape Pact Options Stamp Background Detauts ok _ area oy Help e Click the deleted pages to display them again e Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed gt Important e Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center J The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window Quick Setup Man Page Seto Martenance IEN Pope Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m amp Orientation A Pora AJC n n C Rotate 180 degrees GP Portar Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m LA Pign Paper Letter 85 11 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin
379. ry You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete 64 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the settings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language Eng sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform unsubscription Unsubscribe 8 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 65 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 66
380. s used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Driviary Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user 46 Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v JJ Important e The User name entry field has the following character restrictions e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the
381. s B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is A4 the printer starts printing with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the printer is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the printer e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Cancel printing Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing Change the paper settings then try printing again Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the printer starts printing even though the paper
382. s setting Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the copies setting is not saved and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units 400 Related Topics eee ee ee SE PRE eys Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
383. sers Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings 54 User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss omn 6 Cantig Properties Manage jobs Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the C E buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order 55 CANON iM Flickr Facebook Evernot me
384. set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing select this item To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing clear this item Important e Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list Otherwise characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt Don t detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information registered on the printer do not match this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing To disable detection of paper setting mismatches select this check box 195 Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page
385. settings Register paper info Use the or button B to select Auto feed switch Cassette settinas a Auto feed switch Press the OK button C 124 Auto feed switch 0N Use the or button B to change the setting then press the OK button C 125 Loading Paper Loading Paper 126 Loading Paper gt gt gt Paper Sources to Load Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area 127 Paper Sources to Load Paper Page Sizes and Media Types compatible with the printer Paper can be loaded into two sources the upper cassette 1 A and lower cassette 2 B G7 In the upper cassette 1 A all sizes of paper compatible with this printer plain paper photo paper envelopes etc can be loaded In the lower cassette 2 B A4 Letter and Legal sized plain paper can be loaded Media Types You Can Use You can load the same size of plain paper A4 Letter and Legal in both cassettes then set the printer to automatically switch the paper source and feed paper from the other cassette if paper in one cassette runs out Cassette settings gt 99 Note When printing be sure to select the correct page size and media type If the wrong page size and media type are selected the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality
386. settings for printing and the cassette paper information registered to the printer are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode 446 Troubleshooting The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with the Printer Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 447 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Printer While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network gt Other Problems with Network 448 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 449 The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communi
387. shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USB connected computer you cannot access the network drive of the card slot On the other hand when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN connected computer the card slot is not detected via USB Make sure that the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LAN connected computer you can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally It is recommended to use the access control function of the machine or connect to the Internet via a router For information on using a router contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running the Date Modified of the
388. sized paper in the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 before you start printing The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassettes Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 J Note If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the printer e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel printing Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing Change the paper settings then try printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the cassette paper information registered to the printer are different e To change the setting using the operation panel
389. smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the printer will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your printer s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened 530 Support Code List The support code appears on the LCD and the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the LCD or the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the LCD and the Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZZ 1007 1008 1200 1300 1303 1310 1313 1314 1575 1600 1660 1688 1700 1701 1754 1755 1872 1873 1874 1890 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2414 2112 2113 2121 2122 2500 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 4104 5000 to 5ZZZ 5100 5102 5103 5104 5105 5200 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5400 5500 5501 5B00 5B01 5C01 e 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942 694
390. software to access the network On the Setup CD ROM select win gt Driver gt DrvSetup then set the security software to allow the file Setup exe or Setup64 exe to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 5 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 463 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 A Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the printer are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer 464 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 A Is the LAN cable connected and are the printer and the router turned on Make sure that the LAN cable is connected Make sure that the printer is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the router is turned on If the LAN cable
391. solved contact the service center 584 5209 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 585 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 586 5500 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized Action Contact the service center 587 5501 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized Action Contact the service center 588 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 589 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 590 5C01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 591 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is
392. source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Eile Page Zoom Option Help le t ol GP Whole Part Page information 1 Printer Paper Sze Letter 85x11 22x28cm p Meda Tipe Plan Paper d gh Paar Source Corsete Ato Select Page Layout J Nomaleze Current page 1 Copies 1 File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar Exit Ends the Canon IJ Preview Page Menu This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed All of these commands except Page Selection can also be selected from the toolbar DJ Note e If the pages are being spooled the last spooled page becomes the last page If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software 426 e If duplex printing manually has b
393. specified The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a WPA WPA2 key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change WPA WPA2 settings set before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 245 Search Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The access points detected are listed The following access ports were detected Select the access point to connect to and cick Set Detected Access Points Strength Encryption Access Point Nam WE
394. splayed If you are using Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers The Printers window is displayed If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes The Printers and Faxes window is displayed If you are using Windows Server 2003 R2 or Windows Server 2003 select the start menu gt Printers and Faxes The Printers and Faxes window is displayed 3 Click the icon for the model name of printer to be shared e If you are using Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2012 or Windows Server 2008 R2 press the Alt key and from the displayed File menu select Printer properties gt Sharing tab e If you are using Windows Vista press the Alt key and from the displayed File menu select Run as administrator gt Sharing e If you are using Windows XP Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2003 R2 or Windows Server 2003 select Sharing from the File menu J Important e In Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to contin
395. st Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 369 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Ago Letter 85 11 22280m om n Eee The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box
396. standard printer profile SRGB which supports the color space of ICM is used This is the default setting Adobe RGB 1998 The Adobe RGB profile which supports a wider color space than sRGB is used D Important Adobe RGB 1998 is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are not installed Note Inthe XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Related Topics 4 Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles nAn e e e SE E SE 406 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing 407 Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper Also this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing If the application which created the document has a similar function set them with the application Letter 8 511 22280m Orientation A Pora AJ Landetpe Rotte 190 degrees Page Layout Noenslsine 2 S A g Nomasize Ftto Page Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster Pian Paper Leter 8 S11 22280m lt gt V Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
397. status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored This command has the same function as the E Reset Documents on the toolbar Move Document Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 430 Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Delete Document on the toolbar Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings This command has the same function
398. suring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer 288 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank ink cartridge Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality To keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink dep
399. t Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions a
400. t Source Cassette Ato Select 1 S 0 333 C Aways Pret wth Curert Setings Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document settings that match the purpose are applied In addition functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in Additional Features You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing a general document If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Paper Saving Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document The 2 on 1 Printing and Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo the photo paper and photo size generally used are set If Orientation and Copies were set from the application
401. ted install the printer driver following the on screen instructions DJ Note e You can use the printer over a LAN without performing setup again 520 Q Uninstalling IJ Network Tool A Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network However you cannot change the network settings over network e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Perform the procedure to uninstall IJ Network Tool e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 1 Select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed click OK to restart your computer 521 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed
402. ted Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use 498 Q Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use Load the paper after correcting its curl When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package
403. tension H then open the paper output support I 138 3J Note When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 139 Media Types You Can Use To get the best printing result choose paper suitable for printing Canon provides various types of paper suitable for documents as well as paper suitable for photos or illustrations We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper e Envelopes Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt
404. ter settings to the factory defaults Initialize settings The network settings of the printer is initialized Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance 236 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings The folowing settings were sent to the printer Seongs tem Setting Value Use Admin Password Set up 237 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen gt WEP Details Screen gt WPA WPA2Z Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet
405. ter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered J Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the image data as a background After inserting the Title click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary background Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list and then click this button 419 Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Quick Setup Main Page Setup Martenance Cesning Power OF o Emirates unwarted smudges and ines n Tums the penter off he pert resut Deep Geaning Auto Power wh Unciogs nozzles Sut carnat be deared Alows you to set Pe ato power setings Kei by regular Cleaning Part Head Aigweert Oset Setings mn Exncates prt head sigment to corect Alows you to seduce the perter s i fe misaignmert of colors and ines Operating note Nozzle Qreck Custom Semings z Prrts a pattem to check whether the part S Abows you to select operation options heod nores we cogged j V Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or a specific color fa
406. terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
407. th the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Related Topics Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 340 Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can create and register a new stamp You can also change and re register some of the settings of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 511 22280m AJ Porat A Landecope C Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Nomnalsire Pki 5 S a a Pign Paper Nomasize FtioPage Sosed Page Layout Tiing Poster Leter 85 11 22280m lt gt l V Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannet output C Duplex Parting of Aona Saping Sde Long side taping Lett Coons 1 03 7 gy V Port iom Last Page v zte ok C ana The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 341 AGB 192 192 182 Select Color Oefsuts Hep 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview windo
408. that you can use are single byte uppercase letters single byte lowercase letters and single byte numbers e In the password combine all of the different types of characters that can be used e The displayed printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page are not sent Be sure to write down the printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page before closing the screen 101 Timezone List UTC 12 00 International Date Line West UTC 06 00 Guadalajara Mexico City Monterrey Saskatchewan Central America Central Time US amp Canada UTC 05 00 Indiana East Bogota Lima Quito Eastern Time US amp Canada Caracas UTC 04 00 Asuncion Santiago Georgetown La Paz San Juan Manaus Atlantic Time Canada Newfoundland UTC 03 00 Cayenne Greenland Buenos Aires Brasilia Montevideo UTC 02 00 Mid Atlantic UTC 01 00 Azores Cape Verde Is UTC 00 00 Casablanca Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Monrovia Reykjavik Coordinated Universal Time Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome Stockholm Vienna Sarajevo Skopje Warsaw Zagreb Brussels UTC 01 00 oa Copenhagen Madrid Paris Belgrade Bratislava Budapest Ljubljana Prague West Central Africa UTC 02 00 Athens Bucharest Istanbul Amman Windhoek Jerusalem Cairo Harare Pretoria Beirut Helsinki Kyiv Riga Sofia Tallinn Vilnius Minsk UTC 03 00 Kuwait Riyadh Tbilisi Nairobi Baghdad Moscow St Petersburg
409. the Main tab Plan Paper Letter 85x11 22280m Em aon 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results gt Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box When this check box is selected the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topic Canon IJ Preview 353 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab Page Layout Nomaleize w Fl md 2 2 Nomalsize Frio Page Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt V Automatically reduce large document that the perier cannot output Duplex Prrting Y Ahomatic Staging Sde Long side stapling Lett Goes z 1 11 99 gj F Pert tom Lant Page V Collate Pact Options Stamp Background on _ Cca _ tow The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens a ShA wah 850 2 inches 50 1658 Height 19 00 5S inches 50023 39 ox coea te 3 Set the custom paper size
410. the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software For tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows 388 Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing You will know the status of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer When launched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears Option ipkOetaits Help gt Exterated rk levels Printing from tre cassette 1 Test Page Owner DATA p m Shop Now Display Part Queue Cancel Piring DJJ Note To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer When Errors Occur The Canon lJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low 1 F paper into the cassette 1 2 Tap Kj on the parter F Exce Posat
411. the printer driver Quick Setup Man Page Sep Marrtenance IEN Pope Sue Letter 8 5x11 22280m 4 Orientation A Pora AJ I Rotate 180 degrees GPP Porren Poper Sze Letter 8 5511 22280m Page Layout Page Layout EB H Y Pian Paper Nomalcize Fito Page Scaled Leter 85x11 22280m lt aS 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK 327 Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper select the number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 328 Tiling Poster Printing The tiling poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster OBN P E The procedure for performing tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling
412. the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing About dialog box When you click About the About dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer driver You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window Modules Lists the printer driver modules Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window Important e If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system the characters will be garbled Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode eee ees 425 Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper
413. then press the OK button Prevent abrasion ON b You can select the setting menus below Output settings LAN settings Dev user settings Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting J Note e You can use the printer considering the environment such as enabling the printer to turn on off automatically Turning on off the Printer Automatically e You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night 198 About Quiet setting 199 Output settings Prevent abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged Important e Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality 200 LAN settings e Change LAN Enables either wireless LAN wired LAN or access point mode You can also disable all e Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection D Note e You can also enter this setting menu by selecting Wireless LAN setup from the Setup menu screen When this menu is selected the printer starts searching for a WPS compatible access point If the printer detects the access point follow the on screen instructions to set up wireless LAN If an access point is not detected or if you select another setup method select one of the setup methods below o WPS Push button Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi F
414. til ready for use After a while just turning on the printer or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the printer is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the printer and the network device are turned on If the printer could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the printer and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 460 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 A Is the wireless LAN setting of the printer enabled Make sure that the or Wi Fi icon is displayed on the LCD 8 e ene re If the icon is not displayed The wireless LAN setting of the printer is disabled Enable the wireless LAN setting of the printer After enabling the wireless LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If the icon is displayed Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 461 Q Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 A Is the printer connected to the access point By using the icon on the LCD make sure that the printer is connected to the access point See E UDR AGEM If the SWF icon is displayed The printer may be placed far away f
415. ting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac nAn E e e e i If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may h
416. ting on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side The paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information to register on the printer are different depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 5 Select the paper size For Printer Paper Size select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam 6 Set the print orientation To print the address horizontally set Orientation to Landscape 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard whichever best suits the purpose 8 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard 349 Important e When you execute postcard printing a guide
417. tings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 104 Overview of the Printer Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer LCD and Operation Panel Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consiste
418. tion panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing from the computer 207 Turning on off the Printer Automatically You can enable the printer to turn on off automatically considering the environment Turning on the Printer Automatically Turning off the Printer Automatically Turning on the Printer Automatically You can enable the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed 3 Use the a button to select ECO power on off then press the OK button 4 Use the a button to select Auto power on then press the OK button 5 Use the a button to select ON then press the OK button DJ Note e You can select whether you turn the printer on automatically from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you set the mode the mode is applied when printing data is sent to the printer Turning off the Printer Automatically You can enable the printer to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the printer for a specified period of time 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Press the Setup button The Setup menu screen is displayed 3 Use the a button to select ECO power
419. tions for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer If you are using Windows Server 2008 In the Printers window of the client system click Server Properties from the File menu Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer If you are using Windows XP Windows Server 2003 R2 or Windows Server 2003 In the Printers and Faxes window of the print server system click Server Properties from the File menu 305 e e e e Uncheck Notify when remote documents are printed on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer The bi directional communication function is disabled and the correct printer status may not be recognized If a client user opens the printer driver properties and then clicks OK with the Enable bidirectional support check box cleared on the Ports tab the bidirectional communication function of the print server may also be disabled In this case check Enable bidirectional support check box on both the print server system and the client system When you print from a client system you cannot use Canon lJ Preview When the functions on the Maintenance tab cannot be set properly from a client system they may be grayed out In this case change the settings from the print server When you change the settings of the print server you should delete the icon of the shared printer from the client system and then specify t
420. to turn over the paper 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance 5 Pian Paper Leer 85 11 22280m 3 Select the layout y Page Sge Letier 8 5x11 22280m amp Onentation A Pora A ungcpe __ Fetste 180 degrees a Same as Page Sre Page Layout Noenalsine is m 5 a a Nomalcize Fitto Page Scaled Page Layout Tiing Poster lt gt M Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannet output Pere Area Setup Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Set the print area When you perform duplex printing the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page Click Print Area Setup select one of the following process methods and then click OK 334 When automatic duplex parting is pefomed the partable area of the Darter becomes narrower than usual and the printer may not be able to Select Use reduced parting to part wthin the Use normal size printing Print without reducing the page Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing 5 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another
421. ton LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the 4 or button to select Deep cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance a Deep cleaning The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 to 3 minutes 4 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 166 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Note When the ink has run out during printing the nozzle check pattern the error message will appear on the LCD A Message ls Displayed You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 1 After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Size A4 Type Plain paper
422. truction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer Indicates that a warning operator call error has occurred or the printer is working There has been an error which requires a service Ink Tank Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs In addition this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the ink tank In this case click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer Document Name Shows the name of the document to be printed Owner Shows the owner s name of the document to be printed Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages 437 Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job J Important e The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer Once the print data has been sent the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor when a printer related message is generated the Canon lJ Status Monitor starts When Enable Status Monitor is selected following commands are available Always Display Current Job Displays the Canon IJ St
423. ttern Print preferences Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings 404 Pattern Print dialog box Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity contrast of documents Parameters to Adjust Select the item to be checked by pattern printing Cyan Magenta Yellow Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan magenta yellow balance D Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Intensity Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity contrast balance Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab DJ Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed You can select from Largest Large and Small When you select a pattern size the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows D gt Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected e The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast
424. tup tab of the printer driver the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word 393 o When Page Size in Word is set to XXX Enlarge Reduce the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 2 NO BW Open Word s Print dialog box Open the printer driver setup window and on the Page Setup tab set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word Set the Page Layout that you want and then click OK to close the window Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window and click OK Start printing If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box 394 Printer Driver Description gt gt gt gt Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 395 Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings When you select a registered setting the printer automatically switches to the preset items Porter Paper Sie Lotier 35 10 22x23cm Onentation Potrat Pape
425. u can load envelopes in the cassette 1 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important e Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them t e7 D gt If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction r e If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease Se lt lt The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope 3 Important e The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Pull out the cassette 1 from the printer 135 TA 3 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 4 Load the envelopes WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place them in the center of the cassette 1 The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up as shown in the figure below C c D C Rear side D Address side Up
426. u includes the following command Displays Print Page Information Displays print setup information including printer paper size media type and page layout for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information 427 Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen You can click this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If the media type and paper source are set from the application software those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type You can select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source You can select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the doc
427. ue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning DJ Note e Windows XP may display a message recommending the user to use the Network Setup Wizard to set up sharing When this message appears choose not to use the wizard and then set up sharing 4 Set sharing 303 On the Sharing tab check or select Share this printer set the shared name as necessary and then click OK 5 If the print server and the client have different architectures 32 bit or 64 bit install an additional driver 1 Display the Devices and Printers Printers or Printers and Faxes window 2 Select as described below e If you are using Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2012 or Windows Server 2008 R2 select the printer icon click Print server properties and select the Drivers tab e If you are using Windows Vista press the Alt key and from the displayed File menu select Run as administrator gt Server Properties and select the Drivers tab e If you are using Windows XP Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2003 R2 or Windows Server 2003 from the File menu open Server Properties and select the Drivers tab 3 Click Add 4 When the Add Printer Driver Wizard window is displayed click Next 5 If the print server has a 32 bit architecture select x64 If the print server has a 64 bit architecture select x86 Then click Next 6 Click Have Disk 7
428. uiry D gt Note e If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed Register the printer with Google Cloud Print 4 Select GoogleCloudPrint 5 Press the OK button Connect to the server If print data is available print that data 86 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment e AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this printer must be connected to the same Wi Fi network or connected in AP mode Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to the LAN or connected in AP mode 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to display the menu options 87 canon com gq m Canon oss otmttp stummen GEDANS 3 From the menu options tap Print ia canon com e D Ga 4 From Pri
429. ument to be printed 428 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages The preview also allows you to edit the print document edit the print pages change the print settings and perform other functions When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Eile Egt yew Zoom Option Heip 3 B a z5 Docume Name Page information Layout Manual Color Adjustment ten Nolepas Printer Paper Size Letter 6 5 x11 22x28cm Media Type Pisin Paper Paper Source Cassette Auto Select Page Layout Noemal size C Grayscale Printing C Dyptex Printing File Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes This command has the same function as i Print on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area Pri
430. ur hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 574 5103 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 575 5104 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials e Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When
431. ure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To set to print background colors and images follow the steps below J Note e In Windows 8 print in the desktop version In Internet Explorer 9 10 or 11 1 Select Ej Tools gt Print gt Page setup 2 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Internet Explorer 8 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively from Tools select Toolbars gt Menu Bar to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Mozilla Firefox 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively click Firefox then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the menus 2 Select
432. use undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pd This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed o
433. ut support then retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray Reinsert the cassettes Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer then unplug the power cord from the printer 295 7 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening and to prevent the cassettes from falling out during transportation Then pack the printer in the plastic bag 8 Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box 296 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to print the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner e e e e e e e e e 297 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface 600 horizontal x 1200 vertical USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LA
434. ved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing down Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing down Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side 494 Q Lines Are Misaligned D A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the pr
435. verwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file omp to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background Preview Window Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as the background Layout Method Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 418 J Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available e Click Defaults to set File to blank Layout Method to Fill page and the Intensity slider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background Title En
436. vice center 183 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the printer If the inside of the printer becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then remove any paper from the cassette 1 2 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 3 Fold one side of the opened paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease then unfold the paper 4 Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette 1 with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side After inserting the cassette into the printer the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Type Plain paper 3 Important e The cassette 2 is not available for the Bottom Plate Cleaning procedure Be sure to load paper in the cassette 1 BS a E 184 5 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support 6 Press the Setup button use the 4 or button to select Maintenance then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel 7 Use the 4 or button to select Bottom cleaning then pr
437. vne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee India only Mx This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls
438. w Stamp tab Select Text Bitmap or Date Time User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type o For Text registration the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text If necessary change the TrueType Font Style Size and Outline settings You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color o For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap file bmp to be used If necessary change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Size and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color J Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly Important e Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces
439. whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder press either the right side or the left side of the print head holder with your fingertips and slide the print head holder slowly to the right edge or the left edge 3 Hold the jammed paper with your hands 534 If the paper is rolled up pull it out 4 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out 5 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the printer Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder Does the little piece of paper remain inside the printer Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space C inside the printer 535 6 Close the front cover 7 Press the printer s OK button If you turned off the printer all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary 3J Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper e If the message about paper jam is displayed on the LCD of the printer or on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the printer In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside t
440. with graphics If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know If the icon is displayed operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen 438 Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information 439 Updating the Printer Driver Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 440 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can check the version of the printer driver by clicking the About button on the Maintenance tab You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model D Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver
441. wser on the computer or the mobile device Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on screen instructions Note e Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 9 When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the printer select OK When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed select OK When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed print the authentication URL then perform the authentication process on the computer again Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer s owner changes or if you want to re register the printer delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the operation panel select the Setup button 83 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt GoogleCloudPrint gt Delete from service 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes 84 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the pr
442. x when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function give priority to the printer driver settings However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print Options Opens the Print Options dialog box Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications 410 Stamp Background Stamp Opens the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment Stamp and Background may not be available Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for enterin
443. y there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly GSE Is the access point mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance Are the paper settings identical with those registered to the cassette When the paper settings are not identical with those registered to the cassette an error message is displayed Resolve the error according to the instructions on the LCD Paper Setting for Printing DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode If there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job 481 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that Canon XXX series where XXX is your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box DJ Note To make the printer the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer
444. y Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled Approx 250 sheets Approx 250 sheets Approx 75 sheets paper Envelopes 10 envelopes N A 2 Canon Genuine Papers Note e Feeding the following papers from the cassette 2 can damage the printer Always load in the cassette 1 We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration except for High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printing photos Media Name lt Model No gt Cassette 1 Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 4 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 4 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 4 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 4 10 sheets A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 4 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 65 sheets 65 sheets 1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity
445. y code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 76 J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers The main registration is complete and a registration completion e mail is sent Note e A cookie for the selected user is added to the printer and the login status of each user is recovered Cookies for up to 8 users can be registered to 1 printer Printer user privileges If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer each user is categorized as the Administrator or a Standard user Note e The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator The administrator can change the privileges of users from the Manage users screen An Administrator can change printer information add and delete apps manage users and perform various other operations A Standard user can check printer information and start apps For information about the functions that each user can use refer to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window If you are using MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen to set the printer to Multiuser mode Each user can then start an app and print documents Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 77 Troubleshoo

Canon MAXIFY iB4020 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents